Update sounds

This commit is contained in:
Andros Fenollosa 2016-10-27 22:41:44 +02:00
parent 79e0a5d978
commit 7cb6af1390
279 changed files with 113 additions and 121590 deletions

Binary file not shown.

Binary file not shown.

BIN
assets/audio/sound/die.wav Normal file

Binary file not shown.

Binary file not shown.

BIN
assets/audio/sound/fire.wav Normal file

Binary file not shown.

BIN
assets/font/logo.ttf Executable file

Binary file not shown.

BIN
assets/font/main.ttf Executable file

Binary file not shown.

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 11 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 571 B

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 13 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 585 B

BIN
assets/img/asteroid3.png Normal file

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 559 B

BIN
assets/img/background.png Normal file

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 21 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 7.3 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 7.6 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 624 B

BIN
assets/sprite/explosion.png Normal file

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 1.4 KiB

BIN
assets/sprite/fire.png Normal file

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 1.8 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 11 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 13 KiB

View File

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 374 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 374 KiB

BIN
assets_Sonia/img/ship.png Normal file

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 7.6 KiB

View File

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ft2build.h */
/* */
/* FreeType 2 build and setup macros. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This is the `entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions. It is */
/* the only header file which should be included directly; all other */
/* FreeType header files should be accessed with macro names (after */
/* including `ft2build.h'). */
/* */
/* A typical example is */
/* */
/* #include <ft2build.h> */
/* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT2BUILD_H__
#define __FT2BUILD_H__
#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
#endif /* __FT2BUILD_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftadvanc.h */
/* */
/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2008-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTADVANC_H__
#define __FTADVANC_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* quick_advance
*
* @title:
* Quick retrieval of advance values
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
* glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @description:
* This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
* without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
*
* @order:
* FT_Get_Advance
* FT_Get_Advances
*
*/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Const> */
/* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */
/* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */
/* */
/* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */
/* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */
/* quick advance computation. */
/* */
/* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */
/* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */
/* quickly. */
/* */
/* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, */
/* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */
/* comparison. */
/* */
#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000L
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advance */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* gindex :: The glyph index. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */
/* of advances you need. */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on */
/* the value of `load_flags'), the advance value is in */
/* 16.16 format. Otherwise, it is in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */
/* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
/* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvance );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Advances */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */
/* @FT_Face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
/* */
/* start :: The first glyph index. */
/* */
/* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */
/* */
/* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
/* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* padvance :: The advance values. This array, to be provided by the */
/* caller, must contain at least `count' elements. */
/* */
/* If scaling is performed (based on the value of */
/* `load_flags'), the advance values are in 16.16 format. */
/* Otherwise, they are in font units. */
/* */
/* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */
/* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */
/* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */
/* horizontal layout. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
/* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
/* retrieve the advances. */
/* */
/* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */
/* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */
/* @FT_Set_Transform. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt start,
FT_UInt count,
FT_Int32 load_flags,
FT_Fixed *padvances );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTADVANC_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,503 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftautoh.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the auto-hinter (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2012-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTAUTOH_H__
#define __FTAUTOH_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* auto_hinter
*
* @title:
* The auto-hinter
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the auto-hinting module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself,
* it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
* @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for
* historical reasons.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* glyph-to-script-map
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs.
* Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK. Before a glyph is
* auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and
* the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see
* below.
*
* OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than
* character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.),
* to be controlled by so-called `features'. Handling OpenType features
* can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of
* FreeType.
*
* The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter
* sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an
* array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face
* structure. The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to
* this array, which can be modified as needed. Note that the
* modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by
* the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes
* actually uses the modified mapping.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting
* the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap prop;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
* FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
*
* prop.face = face;
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter",
* "glyph-to-script-map", &prop );
*
* // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here
*
* FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT );
* }
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to
* specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a
* particular glyph.
*
* @values:
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE ::
* Don't auto-hint this glyph.
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN ::
* Apply the latin auto-hinter. For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a
* very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters
* from those scripts share the same design constraints.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+0020 - U+007F // Basic Latin (no control characters)
* U+00A0 - U+00FF // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters)
* U+0100 - U+017F // Latin Extended-A
* U+0180 - U+024F // Latin Extended-B
* U+0250 - U+02AF // IPA Extensions
* U+02B0 - U+02FF // Spacing Modifier Letters
* U+0300 - U+036F // Combining Diacritical Marks
* U+0370 - U+03FF // Greek and Coptic
* U+0400 - U+04FF // Cyrillic
* U+0500 - U+052F // Cyrillic Supplement
* U+1D00 - U+1D7F // Phonetic Extensions
* U+1D80 - U+1DBF // Phonetic Extensions Supplement
* U+1DC0 - U+1DFF // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement
* U+1E00 - U+1EFF // Latin Extended Additional
* U+1F00 - U+1FFF // Greek Extended
* U+2000 - U+206F // General Punctuation
* U+2070 - U+209F // Superscripts and Subscripts
* U+20A0 - U+20CF // Currency Symbols
* U+2150 - U+218F // Number Forms
* U+2460 - U+24FF // Enclosed Alphanumerics
* U+2C60 - U+2C7F // Latin Extended-C
* U+2DE0 - U+2DFF // Cyrillic Extended-A
* U+2E00 - U+2E7F // Supplemental Punctuation
* U+A640 - U+A69F // Cyrillic Extended-B
* U+A720 - U+A7FF // Latin Extended-D
* U+FB00 - U+FB06 // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures)
* U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
* U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement
* }
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK ::
* Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old
* Vietnamese, and some other scripts.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+1100 - U+11FF // Hangul Jamo
* U+2E80 - U+2EFF // CJK Radicals Supplement
* U+2F00 - U+2FDF // Kangxi Radicals
* U+2FF0 - U+2FFF // Ideographic Description Characters
* U+3000 - U+303F // CJK Symbols and Punctuation
* U+3040 - U+309F // Hiragana
* U+30A0 - U+30FF // Katakana
* U+3100 - U+312F // Bopomofo
* U+3130 - U+318F // Hangul Compatibility Jamo
* U+3190 - U+319F // Kanbun
* U+31A0 - U+31BF // Bopomofo Extended
* U+31C0 - U+31EF // CJK Strokes
* U+31F0 - U+31FF // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
* U+3200 - U+32FF // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
* U+3300 - U+33FF // CJK Compatibility
* U+3400 - U+4DBF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A
* U+4DC0 - U+4DFF // Yijing Hexagram Symbols
* U+4E00 - U+9FFF // CJK Unified Ideographs
* U+A960 - U+A97F // Hangul Jamo Extended-A
* U+AC00 - U+D7AF // Hangul Syllables
* U+D7B0 - U+D7FF // Hangul Jamo Extended-B
* U+F900 - U+FAFF // CJK Compatibility Ideographs
* U+FE10 - U+FE1F // Vertical forms
* U+FE30 - U+FE4F // CJK Compatibility Forms
* U+FF00 - U+FFEF // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms
* U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement
* U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols
* U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement
* U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B
* U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C
* U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D
* U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement
* }
*
* FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC ::
* Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the
* Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao,
* or Tibetan.
*
* By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
* assigned to this submodule.
*
* {
* U+0900 - U+0DFF // Indic Range
* U+0F00 - U+0FFF // Tibetan
* U+1900 - U+194F // Limbu
* U+1B80 - U+1BBF // Sundanese
* U+1C80 - U+1CDF // Meetei Mayak
* U+A800 - U+A82F // Syloti Nagri
* U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada
* }
*
* Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue
* zone support.
*
*/
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE 0
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN 1
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK 2
#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC 3
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_
{
FT_Face face;
FT_UShort* map;
} FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* fallback-script
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a
* fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the
* @glyph-to-script-map property). By default, this is
* @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK. Using the `fallback-script' property,
* this fallback value can be changed.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "fallback-script", &fallback_script );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
* creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the
* fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
* face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
* any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
* an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
* auto-hinter), a change of the fallback script will affect this face.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* default-script
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If FreeType gets compiled with FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ to make
* the HarfBuzz library access OpenType features for getting better
* glyph coverages, this property sets the (auto-fitter) script to be
* used for the default (OpenType) script data of a font's GSUB table.
* Features for the default script are intended for all scripts not
* explicitly handled in GSUB; an example is a `dlig' feature,
* containing the combination of the characters `T', `E', and `L' to
* form a `TEL' ligature.
*
* By default, this is @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN. Using the
* `default-script' property, this default value can be changed.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt default_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "default-script", &default_script );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
* creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the
* default script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
* face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
* any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
* an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
* auto-hinter), a change of the default script will affect this face.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* increase-x-height
*
* @description:
* For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round
* up the font's x~height much more often than normally. If the value
* is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off. Use
* this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if
* necessary.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight prop;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
* FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
* FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 );
*
* prop.face = face;
* prop.limit = 14;
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "increase-x-height", &prop );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before
* loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter).
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight
*
* @description:
* The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_
{
FT_Face face;
FT_UInt limit;
} FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* warping
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* If FreeType gets compiled with option AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER to
* activate the warp hinting code in the auto-hinter, this property
* switches warping on and off.
*
* Warping only works in `light' auto-hinting mode. The idea of the
* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph along the non-hinted
* dimension (which is usually the horizontal axis) so that as much of
* its segments are aligned (more or less) to the grid. To find out a
* glyph's optimal scaling and shifting value, various parameter
* combinations are tried and scored.
*
* By default, warping is off. The example below shows how to switch on
* warping (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Bool warping = 1;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
* "warping", &warping );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
* The warping code can also change advance widths. Have a look at the
* `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta' fields in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure
* for details on improving inter-glyph distances while rendering.
*
* Since warping is a global property of the auto-hinter it is best to
* change its value before rendering any face. Otherwise, you should
* reload all faces that get auto-hinted in `light' hinting mode.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* no-stem-darkening[autofit]
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only,* *requires* *linear* *alpha* *blending* *and*
* *gamma* *correction*
*
* Stem darkening emboldens glyphs at smaller sizes to make them more
* readable on common low-DPI screens when using linear alpha blending
* and gamma correction, see @FT_Render_Glyph. When not using linear
* alpha blending and gamma correction, glyphs will appear heavy and
* fuzzy!
*
* Gamma correction essentially lightens fonts since shades of grey are
* shifted to higher pixel values (=~higher brightness) to match the
* original intention to the reality of our screens. The side-effect is
* that glyphs `thin out'. Mac OS~X and Adobe's proprietary font
* rendering library implement a counter-measure: stem darkening at
* smaller sizes where shades of gray dominate. By emboldening a glyph
* slightly in relation to its pixel size, individual pixels get higher
* coverage of filled-in outlines and are therefore `blacker'. This
* counteracts the `thinning out' of glyphs, making text remain readable
* at smaller sizes. All glyphs that pass through the auto-hinter will
* be emboldened unless this property is set to TRUE.
*
* See the description of the CFF driver for algorithmic details. Total
* consistency with the CFF driver is currently not achieved because the
* emboldening method differs and glyphs must be scaled down on the
* Y-axis to keep outline points inside their precomputed blue zones.
* The smaller the size (especially 9ppem and down), the higher the loss
* of emboldening versus the CFF driver.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* darkening-parameters[autofit]
*
* @description:
* *Experimental* *only*
*
* See the description of the CFF driver for details. This
* implementation appropriates the
* CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_* #defines for consistency.
* Note the differences described in @no-stem-darkening[autofit].
*
*/
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTAUTOH_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbbox.h */
/* */
/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
/* boxes. */
/* */
/* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */
/* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBBOX_H__
#define __FTBBOX_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */
/* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */
/* algorithm that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */
/* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */
/* extract their extrema. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *abbox );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBBOX_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

View File

@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbdf.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBDF_H__
#define __FTBDF_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BDF and PCF Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* BDF and PCF specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
/* and PCF fonts. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* BDF_PropertyType
*
* @description:
* A list of BDF property types.
*
* @values:
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
* Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
* Property is a string atom.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
* Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
*
* BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
* Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
*/
typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
{
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
} BDF_PropertyType;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @type:
* BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
* BDF/PCF property.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* BDF_PropertyRec
*
* @description:
* This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
*
* @fields:
* type ::
* The property type.
*
* u.atom ::
* The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be
* NULL, indicating an empty string.
*
* u.integer ::
* A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
*
* u.cardinal ::
* An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
*/
typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
{
BDF_PropertyType type;
union {
const char* atom;
FT_Int32 integer;
FT_UInt32 cardinal;
} u;
} BDF_PropertyRec;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
* the BDF specification.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* acharset_encoding ::
* Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* acharset_registry ::
* Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
const char* *acharset_encoding,
const char* *acharset_registry );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_BDF_Property
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* name :: The property name.
*
* @output:
* aproperty :: The property.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
* otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
* font.
*
* A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
* ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
* `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
*
* Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
* consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
* for BDF fonts only.
*
* In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
* @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
const char* prop_name,
BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBDF_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbitmap.h */
/* */
/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBITMAP_H__
#define __FTBITMAP_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Bitmap Handling */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects. */
/* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's `flow' (as */
/* indicated by the sign of the `pitch' field in `FT_Bitmap'). */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Init */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A deprecated name for the same function is `FT_Bitmap_New'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_Init( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy a bitmap into another one. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */
/* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */
/* borders are kept unchanged. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */
/* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */
/* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
/* */
/* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */
/* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */
/* */
/* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format */
/* are converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
FT_Pos xStrength,
FT_Pos yStrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Convert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp */
/* to a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used */
/* bytes line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* source :: The source bitmap. */
/* */
/* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */
/* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: The target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */
/* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */
/* */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
const FT_Bitmap *source,
FT_Bitmap *target,
FT_Int alignment );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: The glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function is to be used in combination with */
/* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Bitmap_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a bitmap object initialized with @FT_Bitmap_Init. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
/* memory handling functions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBITMAP_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftbzip2.h */
/* */
/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2010-2015 by */
/* Joel Klinghed. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTBZIP2_H__
#define __FTBZIP2_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* bzip2 */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* BZIP2 Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream
* from it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTBZIP2_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcffdrv.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the CFF driver (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2013-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTCFFDRV_H__
#define __FTCFFDRV_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* cff_driver
*
* @title:
* The CFF driver
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the CFF driver module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself,
* it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
* @FT_Property_Get. The list below gives the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* The CFF driver's module name is `cff'.
*
* *Hinting* *and* *antialiasing* *principles* *of* *the* *new* *engine*
*
* The rasterizer is positioning horizontal features (e.g., ascender
* height & x-height, or crossbars) on the pixel grid and minimizing the
* amount of antialiasing applied to them, while placing vertical
* features (vertical stems) on the pixel grid without hinting, thus
* representing the stem position and weight accurately. Sometimes the
* vertical stems may be only partially black. In this context,
* `antialiasing' means that stems are not positioned exactly on pixel
* borders, causing a fuzzy appearance.
*
* There are two principles behind this approach.
*
* 1) No hinting in the horizontal direction: Unlike `superhinted'
* TrueType, which changes glyph widths to accommodate regular
* inter-glyph spacing, Adobe's approach is `faithful to the design' in
* representing both the glyph width and the inter-glyph spacing
* designed for the font. This makes the screen display as close as it
* can be to the result one would get with infinite resolution, while
* preserving what is considered the key characteristics of each glyph.
* Note that the distances between unhinted and grid-fitted positions at
* small sizes are comparable to kerning values and thus would be
* noticeable (and distracting) while reading if hinting were applied.
*
* One of the reasons to not hint horizontally is antialiasing for LCD
* screens: The pixel geometry of modern displays supplies three
* vertical sub-pixels as the eye moves horizontally across each visible
* pixel. On devices where we can be certain this characteristic is
* present a rasterizer can take advantage of the sub-pixels to add
* increments of weight. In Western writing systems this turns out to
* be the more critical direction anyway; the weights and spacing of
* vertical stems (see above) are central to Armenian, Cyrillic, Greek,
* and Latin type designs. Even when the rasterizer uses greyscale
* antialiasing instead of color (a necessary compromise when one
* doesn't know the screen characteristics), the unhinted vertical
* features preserve the design's weight and spacing much better than
* aliased type would.
*
* 2) Aligment in the vertical direction: Weights and spacing along the
* y~axis are less critical; what is much more important is the visual
* alignment of related features (like cap-height and x-height). The
* sense of alignment for these is enhanced by the sharpness of grid-fit
* edges, while the cruder vertical resolution (full pixels instead of
* 1/3 pixels) is less of a problem.
*
* On the technical side, horizontal alignment zones for ascender,
* x-height, and other important height values (traditionally called
* `blue zones') as defined in the font are positioned independently,
* each being rounded to the nearest pixel edge, taking care of
* overshoot suppression at small sizes, stem darkening, and scaling.
*
* Hstems (this is, hint values defined in the font to help align
* horizontal features) that fall within a blue zone are said to be
* `captured' and are aligned to that zone. Uncaptured stems are moved
* in one of four ways, top edge up or down, bottom edge up or down.
* Unless there are conflicting hstems, the smallest movement is taken
* to minimize distortion.
*
* @order:
* hinting-engine
* no-stem-darkening[cff]
* darkening-parameters[cff]
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* hinting-engine
*
* @description:
* Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing)
* engine, an application can select between `freetype' and `adobe' if
* compiled with CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE. If this configuration
* macro isn't defined, `hinting-engine' does nothing.
*
* The default engine is `freetype' if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE is
* defined, and `adobe' otherwise.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting
* engine (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_UInt hinting_engine = FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "hinting-engine", &hinting_engine );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_CFF_HINTING_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to select
* the hinting engine for CFF fonts.
*
* @values:
* FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE ::
* Use the old FreeType hinting engine.
*
* FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE ::
* Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe.
*
*/
#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE 0
#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE 1
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* no-stem-darkening[cff]
*
* @description:
* By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems at smaller sizes,
* regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast. This feature requires
* a rendering system with proper gamma correction. Setting this
* property, stem darkening gets switched off.
*
* Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Bool no_stem_darkening = TRUE;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "no-stem-darkening", &no_stem_darkening );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* darkening-parameters[cff]
*
* @description:
* By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems as follows (if the
* `no-stem-darkening' property isn't set):
*
* {
* stem width <= 0.5px: darkening amount = 0.4px
* stem width = 1px: darkening amount = 0.275px
* stem width = 1.667px: darkening amount = 0.275px
* stem width >= 2.333px: darkening amount = 0px
* }
*
* and piecewise linear in-between. At configuration time, these four
* control points can be set with the macro
* `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETERS'. At runtime, the control
* points can be changed using the `darkening-parameters' property, as
* the following example demonstrates.
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Int darken_params[8] = { 500, 300, // x1, y1
* 1000, 200, // x2, y2
* 1500, 100, // x3, y3
* 2000, 0 }; // x4, y4
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
* "darkening-parameters", darken_params );
* }
*
* The x~values give the stem width, and the y~values the darkening
* amount. The unit is 1000th of pixels. All coordinate values must be
* positive; the x~values must be monotonically increasing; the
* y~values must be monotonically decreasing and smaller than or
* equal to 500 (corresponding to half a pixel); the slope of each
* linear piece must be shallower than -1 (e.g., -.4).
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTCFFDRV_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */
/* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* general_remarks */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* General Remarks */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* header_inclusion */
/* user_allocation */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* core_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Core API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* version */
/* basic_types */
/* base_interface */
/* glyph_variants */
/* glyph_management */
/* mac_specific */
/* sizes_management */
/* header_file_macros */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* format_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Format-Specific API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* truetype_tables */
/* type1_tables */
/* sfnt_names */
/* bdf_fonts */
/* cid_fonts */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* font_formats */
/* gasp_table */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* module_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Controlling FreeType Modules */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* auto_hinter */
/* cff_driver */
/* tt_driver */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Cache Sub-System */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* cache_subsystem */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* support_api */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Support API */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* computations */
/* list_processing */
/* outline_processing */
/* quick_advance */
/* bitmap_handling */
/* raster */
/* glyph_stroker */
/* system_interface */
/* module_management */
/* gzip */
/* lzw */
/* bzip2 */
/* lcd_filtering */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Chapter> */
/* error_codes */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Codes */
/* */
/* <Sections> */
/* error_enumerations */
/* error_code_values */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/

View File

@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftcid.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007-2015 by */
/* Dereg Clegg and Michael Toftdal. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTCID_H__
#define __FTCID_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* cid_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* CID Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* CID-keyed font specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
* "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* registry ::
* The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* ordering ::
* The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
*
* supplement ::
* The supplement.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.6
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
const char* *registry,
const char* *ordering,
FT_Int *supplement);
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In
* constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
* successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* is_cid ::
* The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
FT_Bool *is_cid );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* glyph_index ::
* The input glyph index.
*
* @output:
* cid ::
* The CID as an @FT_UInt.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
* returning an error otherwise.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.9
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_UInt *cid );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTCID_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrdef.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error codes (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* error_code_values */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Code Values */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* All possible error codes returned by FreeType functions. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The list below is taken verbatim from the file `fterrdef.h' */
/* (loaded automatically by including `FT_FREETYPE_H'). The first */
/* argument of the `FT_ERROR_DEF_' macro is the error label; by */
/* default, the prefix `FT_Err_' gets added so that you get error */
/* names like `FT_Err_Cannot_Open_Resource'. The second argument is */
/* the error code, and the last argument an error string, which is not */
/* used by FreeType. */
/* */
/* Within your application you should *only* use error names and */
/* *never* its numeric values! The latter might (and actually do) */
/* change in forthcoming FreeType versions. */
/* */
/* Macro `FT_NOERRORDEF_' defines `FT_Err_Ok', which is always zero. */
/* See the `Error Enumerations' subsection how to automatically */
/* generate a list of error strings. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Err_XXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* generic errors */
FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00,
"no error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01,
"cannot open resource" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02,
"unknown file format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03,
"broken file" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04,
"invalid FreeType version" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05,
"module version is too low" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06,
"invalid argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07,
"unimplemented feature" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08,
"broken table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09,
"broken offset within table" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A,
"array allocation size too large" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B,
"missing module" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C,
"missing property" )
/* glyph/character errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10,
"invalid glyph index" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11,
"invalid character code" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12,
"unsupported glyph image format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13,
"cannot render this glyph format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14,
"invalid outline" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15,
"invalid composite glyph" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16,
"too many hints" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17,
"invalid pixel size" )
/* handle errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20,
"invalid object handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21,
"invalid library handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22,
"invalid module handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23,
"invalid face handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24,
"invalid size handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25,
"invalid glyph slot handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26,
"invalid charmap handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27,
"invalid cache manager handle" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28,
"invalid stream handle" )
/* driver errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30,
"too many modules" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31,
"too many extensions" )
/* memory errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40,
"out of memory" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41,
"unlisted object" )
/* stream errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51,
"cannot open stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52,
"invalid stream seek" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53,
"invalid stream skip" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54,
"invalid stream read" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55,
"invalid stream operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56,
"invalid frame operation" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57,
"nested frame access" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58,
"invalid frame read" )
/* raster errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60,
"raster uninitialized" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61,
"raster corrupted" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62,
"raster overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63,
"negative height while rastering" )
/* cache errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70,
"too many registered caches" )
/* TrueType and SFNT errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80,
"invalid opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81,
"too few arguments" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82,
"stack overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83,
"code overflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84,
"bad argument" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85,
"division by zero" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86,
"invalid reference" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87,
"found debug opcode" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88,
"found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89,
"nested DEFS" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A,
"invalid code range" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B,
"execution context too long" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C,
"too many function definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D,
"too many instruction definitions" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E,
"SFNT font table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F,
"horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90,
"locations (loca) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91,
"name table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92,
"character map (cmap) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93,
"horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94,
"PostScript (post) table missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95,
"invalid horizontal metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96,
"invalid character map (cmap) format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97,
"invalid ppem value" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98,
"invalid vertical metrics" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99,
"could not find context" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A,
"invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B,
"invalid PostScript (post) table" )
/* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0,
"opcode syntax error" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1,
"argument stack underflow" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2,
"ignore" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3,
"no Unicode glyph name found" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4,
"glyph too big for hinting" )
/* BDF errors */
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0,
"`STARTFONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1,
"`FONT' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2,
"`SIZE' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3,
"`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4,
"`CHARS' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5,
"`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6,
"`ENCODING' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7,
"`BBX' field missing" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8,
"`BBX' too big" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9,
"Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA,
"Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
/* */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fterrors.h */
/* */
/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* error_enumerations */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Error Enumerations */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to handle errors and error strings. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The header file `fterrors.h' (which is automatically included by */
/* `freetype.h' defines the handling of FreeType's enumeration */
/* constants. It can also be used to generate error message strings */
/* with a small macro trick explained below. */
/* */
/* *Error* *Formats* */
/* */
/* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */
/* defined in `ftoption.h' in order to make the higher byte indicate */
/* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */
/* with standard builds of FreeType&nbsp;2, however). See the file */
/* `ftmoderr.h' for more details. */
/* */
/* *Error* *Message* *Strings* */
/* */
/* Error definitions are set up with special macros that allow client */
/* applications to build a table of error message strings. The */
/* strings are not included in a normal build of FreeType&nbsp;2 to */
/* save space (most client applications do not use them). */
/* */
/* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */
/* this file. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_START_LIST */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */
/* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro is called to define one single error. `e' is the error */
/* code identifier (e.g., `Invalid_Argument'), `v' is the error's */
/* numerical value, and `s' is the corresponding error string. */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_ERROR_END_LIST */
/* } */
/* */
/* This macro ends the list. */
/* */
/* Additionally, you have to undefine `__FTERRORS_H__' before */
/* #including this file. */
/* */
/* Here is a simple example. */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */
/* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, NULL } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int err_code; */
/* const char* err_msg; */
/* } ft_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note that `FT_Err_Ok' is _not_ defined with `FT_ERRORDEF' but with */
/* `FT_NOERRORDEF'; it is always zero. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
#ifndef __FTERRORS_H__
#define __FTERRORS_H__
/* include module base error codes */
#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
/* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
#endif
/* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
/* */
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
#endif
#else
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
/* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
/* enumeration type. */
/* */
#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
/* this macro is used to define an error */
#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
/* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#endif
/* now include the error codes */
#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
#undef FT_ERRORDEF
#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#undef FT_ERR_BASE
/* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
#endif
#endif /* __FTERRORS_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftfntfmt.h */
/* */
/* Support functions for font formats. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTFNTFMT_H__
#define __FTFNTFMT_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* font_formats */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Font Formats */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Getting the font format. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */
/* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */
/* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */
/* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Font_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a string describing the format of a given face. Possible */
/* values are `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', */
/* `CID~Type~1', `CFF', `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */
/* */
/* The return value is suitable to be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: */
/* Input face handle. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A deprecated name for the same function is */
/* `FT_Get_X11_Font_Format'. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* deprecated */
FT_EXPORT( const char* )
FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTFNTFMT_H__ */

View File

@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgasp.h */
/* */
/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2007-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef _FT_GASP_H_
#define _FT_GASP_H_
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* gasp_table
*
* @title:
* Gasp Table
*
* @abstract:
* Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
*
* @description:
* The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
* font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is
* mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
* bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
*/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_GASP_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
* function.
*
* @values:
* FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
* This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
* It is up to the client to decide what to do.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
* This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
* is not set, no hinting gets applied.
*
* FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
* Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
* If not set, do monochrome rendering.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
* If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
*
* FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
* Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
*
* @note:
* The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be
* used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
* `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to
* be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and
* `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored).
*
* `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
* protected by patents.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10
/*************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_Gasp
*
* @description:
* Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and
* return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
*
* @input:
* face :: The source face handle.
* ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
*
* @return:
* Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
* `gasp' table in the face.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt ppem );
/* */
#endif /* _FT_GASP_H_ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,605 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftglyph.h */
/* */
/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */
/* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */
/* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */
/* */
/* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */
/* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */
/* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTGLYPH_H__
#define __FTGLYPH_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* glyph_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Glyph Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */
/* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */
/* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* forward declaration to a private type */
typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */
/* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */
/* bitmap or pointer. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */
/* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */
/* @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_GlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */
/* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */
/* */
/* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */
/* */
/* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
{
FT_Library library;
const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
FT_Glyph_Format format;
FT_Vector advance;
} FT_GlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */
/* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */
/* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */
/* from the current pen position to the left border of the */
/* glyph bitmap. */
/* */
/* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */
/* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */
/* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */
/* */
/* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */
/* the bitmap's contents easily. */
/* */
/* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */
/* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Int left;
FT_Int top;
FT_Bitmap bitmap;
} FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */
/* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */
/* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
/* */
/* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */
/* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */
/* the outline's content easily. */
/* */
/* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
/* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
/* */
/* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */
/* destroyed with it. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
{
FT_GlyphRec root;
FT_Outline outline;
} FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */
/* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_Glyph *aglyph );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */
/* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */
/* error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */
/* */
/* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */
/* advance vector. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_Matrix* matrix,
FT_Vector* delta );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */
/* Return unscaled font units. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */
/* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */
/* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */
/* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */
/* */
/* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */
/* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
{
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
} FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode' values instead */
#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */
/* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
/* */
/* mode :: The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned */
/* bounding box values. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */
/* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */
/* convention. */
/* */
/* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */
/* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */
/* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */
/* is another name for this constant. */
/* */
/* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
/* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */
/* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
/* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
/* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, */
/* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
/* */
/* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */
/* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */
/* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */
/* */
/* { */
/* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */
/* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */
/* which corresponds to: */
/* */
/* { */
/* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */
/* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */
/* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */
/* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */
/* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
/* */
/* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */
/* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_UInt bbox_mode,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */
/* rendered. */
/* */
/* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */
/* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */
/* translation). The origin is expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixels. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */
/* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */
/* never destroyed in case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */
/* */
/* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */
/* rendering. */
/* */
/* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
/* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */
/* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyph; */
/* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */
/* */
/* */
/* // load glyph */
/* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */
/* */
/* // extract glyph image */
/* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */
/* */
/* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */
/* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */
/* { */
/* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */
/* 0, 1 ); */
/* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */
/* ... */
/* } */
/* */
/* // access bitmap content by typecasting */
/* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */
/* */
/* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* */
/* Here another example, again without error handling: */
/* */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */
/* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* { */
/* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */
/* */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */
/* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */
/* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* ... */
/* */
/* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
/* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
FT_Vector* origin,
FT_Bool destroy );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Glyph */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy a given glyph. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
/* */
/* other helpful functions */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
FT_Matrix* b );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Matrix_Invert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */
/* case of error. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTGLYPH_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

View File

@ -1,357 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgxval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2015 by */
/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */
/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */
/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTGXVAL_H__
#define __FTGXVAL_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gx_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */
/* trak, prop, lcar). */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate */
/* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free */
/* */
/* FT_ClassicKern_Validate */
/* FT_ClassicKern_Free */
/* */
/* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH */
/* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX */
/* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */
/* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */
/* */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
*
* @description:
* The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
* for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
/* */
/* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
* indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
* Validate `feat' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
* Validate `mort' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
* Validate `morx' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
* Validate `bsln' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_just ::
* Validate `just' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
* Validate `kern' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
* Validate `opbd' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
* Validate `trak' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
* Validate `prop' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
* Validate `lcar' table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
* Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
* opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
FT_VALIDATE_just | \
FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
*
* table_length ::
* The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
* should be passed.
*
* @output:
* tables ::
* The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
* The array itself must be allocated by a client.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
* application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
* the ability to validate the sfnt table.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
FT_UInt table_length );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
* to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected
* type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
* invalid.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
* Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
* Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
* and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
* checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
* the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
* FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* ckern_table ::
* A pointer to the kern table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
* `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value
* indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_ClassicKern_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTGXVAL_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftgzip.h */
/* */
/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTGZIP_H__
#define __FTGZIP_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* gzip */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* GZIP Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using gzip-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenGzip
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* The target embedding stream.
*
* source ::
* The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
*
* In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
* it and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Gzip_Uncompress
*
* @description:
* Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer. This function
* is modeled after zlib's `uncompress' function.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A FreeType memory handle.
*
* input ::
* The input buffer.
*
* input_len ::
* The length of the input buffer.
*
* @output:
* output::
* The output buffer.
*
* @inout:
* output_len ::
* Before calling the function, this is the the total size of the
* output buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire
* uncompressed data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be
* known in advance). After calling the function, `output_len' is the
* size of the used data in `output'.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Byte* output,
FT_ULong* output_len,
const FT_Byte* input,
FT_ULong input_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTGZIP_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,354 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftincrem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTINCREM_H__
#define __FTINCREM_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* incremental
*
* @title:
* Incremental Loading
*
* @abstract:
* Custom Glyph Loading.
*
* @description:
* This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
* `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
* from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application.
*
* Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
* file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
* engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
*
* To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
* @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
* @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
* @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
*
*/
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental
*
* @description:
* An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
* `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
* embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
* where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
* different values.
*
* @note:
* It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
* objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
* and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
* See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
* to use incremental objects with FreeType.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
*
* @description:
* A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
* by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
*
* @fields:
* bearing_x ::
* Left bearing, in font units.
*
* bearing_y ::
* Top bearing, in font units.
*
* advance ::
* Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* advance_v ::
* Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
*
* @note:
* These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
* value of the `vertical' argument to the function
* @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
{
FT_Long bearing_x;
FT_Long bearing_y;
FT_Long advance;
FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
} FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_Metrics
*
* @description:
* A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
* during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
* enabled.
*
* Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
* file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
* the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
* *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is
* undefined for any other format.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* @output:
* adata ::
* A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
* accessed as a read-only byte block).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If this function returns successfully the method
* @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
* the data bytes.
*
* Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
* compound glyphs.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Data* adata );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
* successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* data ::
* A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
* as a read-only byte block).
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_Data* data );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
* before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
* formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
* the glyph images proper.
*
* @input:
* incremental ::
* A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
* application.
*
* glyph_index ::
* Index of relevant glyph.
*
* vertical ::
* If true, return vertical metrics.
*
* ametrics ::
* This parameter is used for both input and output.
* The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are
* not available all the values must be set to zero.
*
* @output:
* ametrics ::
* The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
*
*/
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
( FT_Incremental incremental,
FT_UInt glyph_index,
FT_Bool vertical,
FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
*
* @description:
* A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
* incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
*
* @fields:
* get_glyph_data ::
* The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* free_glyph_data ::
* The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
*
* get_glyph_metrics ::
* The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does
* not provide overriding glyph metrics.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
{
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
} FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
*
* @description:
* A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
* wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
* @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
* FT_Parameter parameter;
* FT_Open_Args open_args;
*
*
* // set up incremental descriptor
* inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
* inc_int.object = my_object;
*
* // set up optional parameter
* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
* parameter.data = &inc_int;
*
* // set up FT_Open_Args structure
* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
* open_args.num_params = 1;
* open_args.params = &parameter; // we use one optional argument
*
* // open the font
* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
* ...
* }
*
*/
typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
{
const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
FT_Incremental object;
} FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Incremental_Interface
*
* @description:
* A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
*
*/
typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate
* an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTINCREM_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,293 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlcdfil.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2006-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
#define __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* lcd_filtering
*
* @title:
* LCD Filtering
*
* @abstract:
* Reduce color fringes of subpixel-rendered bitmaps.
*
* @description:
* Subpixel rendering exploits the color-striped structure of LCD
* pixels, increasing the available resolution in the direction of the
* stripe (usually horizontal RGB) by a factor of~3. Since these
* subpixels are color pixels, using them unfiltered creates severe
* color fringes. Use the @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API to specify a
* low-pass filter, which is then applied to subpixel-rendered bitmaps
* generated through @FT_Render_Glyph. The filter sacrifices some of
* the higher resolution to reduce color fringes, making the glyph image
* slightly blurrier. Positional improvements will remain.
*
* Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is
* *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to
* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file
* in order to activate it.
*
* A filter should have two properties:
*
* 1) It should be normalized, meaning the sum of the 5~components
* should be 256 (0x100). It is possible to go above or under this
* target sum, however: going under means tossing out contrast, going
* over means invoking clamping and thereby non-linearities that
* increase contrast somewhat at the expense of greater distortion
* and color-fringing. Contrast is better enhanced through stem
* darkening.
*
* 2) It should be color-balanced, meaning a filter `{~a, b, c, b, a~}'
* where a~+ b~=~c. It distributes the computed coverage for one
* subpixel to all subpixels equally, sacrificing some won resolution
* but drastically reducing color-fringing. Positioning improvements
* remain! Note that color-fringing can only really be minimized
* when using a color-balanced filter and alpha-blending the glyph
* onto a surface in linear space; see @FT_Render_Glyph.
*
* Regarding the form, a filter can be a `boxy' filter or a `beveled'
* filter. Boxy filters are sharper but are less forgiving of non-ideal
* gamma curves of a screen (viewing angles!), beveled filters are
* fuzzier but more tolerant.
*
* Examples:
*
* - [0x10 0x40 0x70 0x40 0x10] is beveled and neither balanced nor
* normalized.
*
* - [0x1A 0x33 0x4D 0x33 0x1A] is beveled and balanced but not
* normalized.
*
* - [0x19 0x33 0x66 0x4c 0x19] is beveled and normalized but not
* balanced.
*
* - [0x00 0x4c 0x66 0x4c 0x00] is boxily beveled and normalized but not
* balanced.
*
* - [0x00 0x55 0x56 0x55 0x00] is boxy, normalized, and almost
* balanced.
*
* - [0x08 0x4D 0x56 0x4D 0x08] is beveled, normalized and, almost
* balanced.
*
* It is important to understand that linear alpha blending and gamma
* correction is critical for correctly rendering glyphs onto surfaces
* without artifacts and even more critical when subpixel rendering is
* involved.
*
* Each of the 3~alpha values (subpixels) is independently used to blend
* one color channel. That is, red alpha blends the red channel of the
* text color with the red channel of the background pixel. The
* distribution of density values by the color-balanced filter assumes
* alpha blending is done in linear space; only then color artifacts
* cancel out.
*/
/****************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_LcdFilter
*
* @description:
* A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
*
* @values:
* FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
* Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
* results in sometimes severe color fringes.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
* The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
* of a slight blurriness in the output.
*
* It is a beveled, normalized, and color-balanced five-tap filter
* that is more forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
* viewing angles. Note that while color-fringing is reduced, it can
* only be minimized by using linear alpha blending and gamma
* correction to render glyphs onto surfaces.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
* The light filter is a variant that is sharper at the cost of
* slightly more color fringes than the default one.
*
* It is a boxy, normalized, and color-balanced three-tap filter that
* is less forgiving to screens with non-ideal gamma curves and
* viewing angles. This filter works best when the rendering system
* uses linear alpha blending and gamma correction to render glyphs
* onto surfaces.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
* This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
* provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
* fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
* In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
* interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
*
* This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
* disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
*
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 ::
* For historical reasons, the FontConfig library returns a different
* enumeration value for legacy LCD filtering. To make code work that
* (incorrectly) forwards FontConfig's enumeration value to
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter without proper mapping, it is thus easiest
* to have another enumeration value, which is completely equal to
* `FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY'.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0 (`FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1' since 2.6.2)
*/
typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
{
FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY1 = 3,
FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
} FT_LcdFilter;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
*
* @description:
* This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
* bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* filter ::
* The filter type.
*
* You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
* well on most LCD screens.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
* explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
* @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
*
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
* @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char.
*
* It does _not_ affect the output of @FT_Outline_Render and
* @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
*
* If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
* either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
* outline with regards to the pixel grid. For example, for
* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3~pixels to the left, and
* up to 3~pixels to the right.
*
* The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't
* need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling
* the filter.
*
* @since:
* 2.3.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
FT_LcdFilter filter );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
*
* @description:
* Use this function to override the filter weights selected by
* @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter. By default, FreeType uses the quintuple
* (0x00, 0x55, 0x56, 0x55, 0x00) for FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT, and (0x10,
* 0x40, 0x70, 0x40, 0x10) for FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT and
* FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the target library instance.
*
* weights ::
* A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
* uses them to specify the filter weights.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
* do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
* configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
* defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
* default builds of FreeType.
*
* This function must be called after @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter to have
* any effect.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.0
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
unsigned char *weights );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlist.h */
/* */
/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */
/* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTLIST_H__
#define __FTLIST_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* List Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Simple management of lists. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to list */
/* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_List */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Find */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find the list node for a given listed object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* data :: The address of the listed object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
void* data );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Add */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Append an element to the end of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to append. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Insert */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Insert an element at the head of a list. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to parent list. */
/* node :: The node to insert. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Remove */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */
/* the node is in the list! */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The node to remove. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Up */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */
/* lists. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
/* node :: The node to move. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
FT_ListNode node );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Iterator */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse */
/* by @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* node :: The current iteration list node. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */
/* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Iterate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
/* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */
/* returns a non-zero value. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
/* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the second */
/* argument to the iterator. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
FT_List_Iterator iterator,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_List_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list */
/* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */
/* given list. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* system :: The current system object. */
/* */
/* data :: The current object to destroy. */
/* */
/* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */
/* be used to point to the iteration's state. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
void* data,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_List_Finalize */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* list :: A handle to the list. */
/* */
/* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */
/* of the list. Set this to NULL if not needed. */
/* */
/* memory :: The current memory object that handles deallocation. */
/* */
/* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the last */
/* argument to the destructor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */
/* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
FT_List_Destructor destroy,
FT_Memory memory,
void* user );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTLIST_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftlzw.h */
/* */
/* LZW-compressed stream support. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTLZW_H__
#define __FTLZW_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* lzw */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* LZW Streams */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Using LZW-compressed font files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stream_OpenLZW
*
* @description:
* Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is
* mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
* with XFree86.
*
* @input:
* stream :: The target embedding stream.
*
* source :: The source stream.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
*
* Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
* *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
* objects will be released to the heap.
*
* The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
* process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
*
* In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
* automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
* This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
* compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
* and re-open the face with it.
*
* This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
* of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
FT_Stream source );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTLZW_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmac.h */
/* */
/* Additional Mac-specific API. */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* NOTE: Include this file after FT_FREETYPE_H and after any */
/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */
/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMAC_H__
#define __FTMAC_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if defined(__GNUC__) && \
((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)))
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#endif
#endif
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* mac_specific */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Mac Specific Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Only available on the Macintosh. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */
/* compiled on a Macintosh. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fond :: A FOND resource. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */
/* case. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Notes> */
/* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */
/* that are installed in the system as follows. */
/* */
/* { */
/* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */
/* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
Handle fond,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */
/* Bold). */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
FSSpec* pathSpec,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */
/* name that is handled by ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */
/* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */
/* buffer before calling this function. */
/* */
/* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
/* */
/* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
UInt8* path,
UInt32 maxPathSize,
FT_Long* face_index )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
const FSSpec *spec,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
/* using an FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */
/* */
/* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
/* first face has index~0. */
/* <Output> */
/* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
/* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
const FSRef *ref,
FT_Long face_index,
FT_Face *aface )
FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTMAC_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmm.h */
/* */
/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMM_H__
#define __FTMM_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* multiple_masters */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Multiple Masters */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */
/* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */
/* setting design axis coordinates. */
/* */
/* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */
/* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */
/* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */
/* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */
/* consistent interface makes sense. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Long minimum;
FT_Long maximum;
} FT_MM_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */
/* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */
/* allows for intermediate designs to be present. */
/* This number cannot exceed~16. */
/* */
/* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
} FT_Multi_Master;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Axis */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
/* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* name :: The axis's name. */
/* Not always meaningful for GX. */
/* */
/* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */
/* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */
/* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */
/* */
/* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
/* */
/* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */
/* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */
/* `name'). */
/* Not meaningful for MM. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
{
FT_String* name;
FT_Fixed minimum;
FT_Fixed def;
FT_Fixed maximum;
FT_ULong tag;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Axis;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Var_Named_Style */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */
/* */
/* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */
/* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */
/* */
/* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
{
FT_Fixed* coords;
FT_UInt strid;
} FT_Var_Named_Style;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
/* or GX var distortable font. */
/* */
/* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */
/* MM; no limit in GX. */
/* */
/* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */
/* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */
/* (where every glyph could have a different */
/* number of designs). */
/* */
/* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */
/* GX that allows certain design coordinates to */
/* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */
/* associated with them. The font can tell the */
/* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */
/* */
/* axis :: An axis descriptor table. */
/* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */
/* Memory management of this pointer is done */
/* internally by FreeType. */
/* */
/* namedstyle :: A named style table. */
/* Only meaningful with GX. */
/* Memory management of this pointer is done */
/* internally by FreeType. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
{
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
FT_Var_Axis* axis;
FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
} FT_MM_Var;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Multi_Master */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_MM_Var */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */
/* Allocates a data structure, which the user must */
/* deallocate with `free' after use. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */
/* through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Long* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
/* design through normalized blend coordinates. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* num_coords :: The number of available design coordinates. If it */
/* is larger than the number of axes, ignore the excess */
/* values. If it is smaller than the number of axes, */
/* use default values for the remaining axes. */
/* */
/* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */
/* between 0 and 1.0). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt num_coords,
FT_Fixed* coords );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTMM_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,672 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmodapi.h */
/* */
/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMODAPI_H__
#define __FTMODAPI_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Module Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */
/* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */
/* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */
/* */
/* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */
/* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */
/* */
/* { */
/* autofitter */
/* bdf */
/* cff */
/* gxvalid */
/* otvalid */
/* pcf */
/* pfr */
/* psaux */
/* pshinter */
/* psnames */
/* raster1 */
/* sfnt */
/* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */
/* truetype */
/* type1 */
/* type42 */
/* t1cid */
/* winfonts */
/* } */
/* */
/* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Module */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* FT_Property_Set */
/* FT_Property_Get */
/* */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* FT_Renderer */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* module bit flags */
#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
/* scalable fonts */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
/* support vector outlines */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
/* own hinter */
#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY 0x800 /* the driver's hinter */
/* produces LIGHT hints */
/* deprecated values */
#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
#define ft_module_driver_hints_lightly FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HINTS_LIGHTLY
typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Constructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to initialize. */
/* */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Destructor */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to finalize. */
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Module_Requester */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: The module to be searched. */
/* */
/* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */
/* */
typedef FT_Module_Interface
(*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
const char* name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Module_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */
/* */
/* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */
/* bytes. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The name of the module. */
/* */
/* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */
/* (major.minor). */
/* */
/* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */
/* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */
/* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */
/* */
/* module_init :: The initializing function. */
/* */
/* module_done :: The finalizing function. */
/* */
/* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
{
FT_ULong module_flags;
FT_Long module_size;
const FT_String* module_name;
FT_Fixed module_version;
FT_Fixed module_requires;
const void* module_interface;
FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
} FT_Module_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add a new module to a given library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Find a module by its name. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */
/* should look up the source code for details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
const char* module_name );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Remove_Module */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Remove a given module from a library instance. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* module :: A handle to a module object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
FT_Module module );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Set
*
* @description:
* Set a property for a given module.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
* subsection of the module's documentation.
*
* Note that only a few modules have properties.
*
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
* module's documentation.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in
* module `foo' to value~1.
*
* {
* FT_UInt bar;
*
*
* bar = 1;
* FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
* }
*
* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module
* property changes. To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache
* you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if
* a module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been
* called.
*
* It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set
* instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
const void* value );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Property_Get
*
* @description:
* Get a module's property value.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A handle to the library the module is part of.
*
* module_name ::
* The module name.
*
* property_name ::
* The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
* subsection of the module's documentation.
*
* @inout:
* value ::
* A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the
* value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
* dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
* module's documentation.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
* doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
* valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
*
* The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'.
*
* {
* typedef range_
* {
* FT_Int32 min;
* FT_Int32 max;
*
* } range;
*
* range baz;
*
*
* FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
* }
*
* It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
* sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
*
* @since:
* 2.4.11
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
const FT_String* module_name,
const FT_String* property_name,
void* value );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Reference_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */
/* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */
/* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */
/* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */
/* */
/* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that */
/* reference @FT_Library objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a target library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Since> */
/* 2.4.2 */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */
/* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */
/* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. Note, */
/* however, that the used @FT_Memory structure is expected to remain */
/* valid for the life of the @FT_Library object. */
/* */
/* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */
/* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */
/* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */
/* library instance. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Library *alibrary );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Library */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */
/* discards all resource objects. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the target library. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
/* @FT_Reference_Library. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
/* */
typedef void
(*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
/* format. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */
/* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */
/* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */
/* */
/* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */
/* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */
/* */
/* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */
/* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */
/* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt hook_index,
FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */
/* This is only useful when you create a library object with */
/* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* truetype_engine
*
* @title:
* The TrueType Engine
*
* @abstract:
* TrueType bytecode support.
*
* @description:
* This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
* bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_TrueTypeEngineType
*
* @description:
* A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
* engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used
* by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
*
* @values:
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
* The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't
* support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine.
*
* Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts that position and
* scale glyph components with bytecode instructions. It produces
* bad output for most other fonts.
*
* FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
* The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
* the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this
* was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
{
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
} FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @func:
* FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
*
* @description:
* Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
* the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* A library instance.
*
* @return:
* A value indicating which level is supported.
*
* @since:
* 2.2
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTMODAPI_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftmoderr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */
/* */
/* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */
/* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */
/* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */
/* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */
/* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */
/* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */
/* */
/* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */
/* including the high byte. */
/* */
/* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */
/* an error value is set to zero. */
/* */
/* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */
/* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR( err ) */
/* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */
/* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */
/* the line */
/* */
/* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */
/* */
/* expands to */
/* */
/* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */
/* */
/* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */
/* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */
/* */
/* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */
/* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */
/* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */
/* and inequality, respectively. Example: */
/* */
/* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */
/* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */
/* the same as */
/* */
/* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */
/* ... */
/* */
/* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */
/* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */
/* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */
/* */
/* */
/* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */
/* with something like */
/* */
/* { */
/* #undef __FTMODERR_H__ */
/* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */
/* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */
/* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
/* */
/* const struct */
/* { */
/* int mod_err_offset; */
/* const char* mod_err_msg */
/* } ft_mod_errors[] = */
/* */
/* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */
/* } */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTMODERR_H__
#define __FTMODERR_H__
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** SETUP MACROS *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
#else
#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
#endif
#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#endif
FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#endif
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
/***** *****/
/***** CLEANUP *****/
/***** *****/
/*******************************************************************/
/*******************************************************************/
#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
}
#endif
#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
#undef FT_MODERRDEF
#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
#endif /* __FTMODERR_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftotval.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2004-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* */
/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */
/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */
/* OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTOTVAL_H__
#define __FTOTVAL_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* ot_validation */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* OpenType Validation */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* An API to validate OpenType tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
/* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_OpenType_Validate */
/* FT_OpenType_Free */
/* */
/* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
*
* @description:
* A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
* indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
*
* @values:
* FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
* Validate BASE table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
* Validate GDEF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
* Validate GPOS table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
* Validate GSUB table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
* Validate JSTF table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
* Validate MATH table.
*
* FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
* Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
*
*/
#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
FT_VALIDATE_MATH
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Validate
*
* @description:
* Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
* indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that
* actually does the text layout can access those tables without
* error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* validation_flags ::
* A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See
* @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
*
* @output:
* BASE_table ::
* A pointer to the BASE table.
*
* GDEF_table ::
* A pointer to the GDEF table.
*
* GPOS_table ::
* A pointer to the GPOS table.
*
* GSUB_table ::
* A pointer to the GSUB table.
*
* JSTF_table ::
* A pointer to the JSTF table.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
* otherwise.
*
* After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
* @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either
* doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
* validation.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt validation_flags,
FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_OpenType_Free
*
* @description:
* Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the input face.
*
* table ::
* The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate.
*
* @note:
* This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
* @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
FT_Bytes table );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTOTVAL_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,574 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftoutln.h */
/* */
/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */
/* most scalable font formats (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTOUTLN_H__
#define __FTOUTLN_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* outline_processing */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Outline Processing */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
/* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */
/* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Outline */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
/* */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* FT_Outline_Funcs */
/* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */
/* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */
/* */
/* FT_Orientation */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation */
/* */
/* FT_OUTLINE_XXX */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Decompose */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */
/* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */
/* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */
/* */
/* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */
/* called during decomposition to indicate path */
/* operations. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* user :: A typeless pointer that is passed to each */
/* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */
/* used to store the state during the */
/* decomposition. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* A contour that contains a single point only is represented by a */
/* `move to' operation followed by `line to' to the same point. In */
/* most cases, it is best to filter this out before using the */
/* outline for stroking purposes (otherwise it would result in a */
/* visible dot when round caps are used). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
void* user );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_New */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new outline of a given size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */
/* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */
/* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */
/* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */
/* */
/* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */
/* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */
/* */
/* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */
/* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
/* to use the library's memory allocator. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_UInt numPoints,
FT_Int numContours,
FT_Outline *anoutline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Done */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */
/* outline. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */
/* descriptor will be released. */
/* */
/* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */
/* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline );
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Check */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */
/* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
/* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
/* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
/* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */
/* */
/* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
/* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
/* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
/* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* acbox :: The outline's control box. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_BBox *acbox );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Translate */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */
/* */
/* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xOffset,
FT_Pos yOffset );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Copy */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */
/* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */
/* function is called. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* source :: A handle to the source outline. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* target :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
FT_Outline *target );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Transform */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */
/* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */
/* outline's points. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Matrix* matrix );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */
/* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */
/* bottom borders as unchanged. */
/* */
/* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */
/* possible also. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */
/* 26.6 pixel format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */
/* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
/* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */
/* handled incorrectly. */
/* */
/* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */
/* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */
/* */
/* Example call: */
/* */
/* { */
/* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
/* if ( face->glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */
/* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->glyph->outline, strength ); */
/* } */
/* */
/* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with */
/* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos strength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */
/* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */
/* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */
/* directions. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Pos xstrength,
FT_Pos ystrength );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Reverse */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */
/* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */
/* the outline's `flags' field. */
/* */
/* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */
/* knows what it is doing. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */
/* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */
/* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */
/* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */
/* */
/* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */
/* */
/* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */
/* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */
/* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Outline_Render */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
/* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
/* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */
/* etc. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
/* */
/* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
/* describe the rendering operation. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
/* to use this function. */
/* */
/* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
/* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */
/* actually ignored. */
/* */
/* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */
/* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
/* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */
/* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Raster_Params* params );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Orientation
*
* @description:
* A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
*
* The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
* to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
*
* @values:
* FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
* According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
* be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
* According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
* must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
* remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
* This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
* remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
* the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
*
* FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
* The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
* the glyph have different orientation.
*
*/
typedef enum FT_Orientation_
{
FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
} FT_Orientation;
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
*
* @description:
* This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
* fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by integrating
* the total area covered by the outline. The positive integral
* corresponds to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT
* is returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise
* orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned.
*
* Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
* outlines.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* A handle to the source outline.
*
* @return:
* The orientation.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTOUTLN_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

View File

@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftpfr.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTPFR_H__
#define __FTPFR_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* pfr_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* PFR Fonts */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
*
* @description:
* Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
*
* @input:
* face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
*
* @output:
* aoutline_resolution ::
* Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_resolution ::
* Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
* for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_x_scale ::
* A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
* in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to
* `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
* can be NULL).
*
* ametrics_y_scale ::
* Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
* optional (parameter can be NULL).
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
* However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
*
* @description:
* Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
* The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
* @FT_Get_Kerning.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* left :: Index of the left glyph.
*
* right :: Index of the right glyph.
*
* @output:
* avector :: A kerning vector.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
* units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
* mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
*
* You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
* returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt left,
FT_UInt right,
FT_Vector *avector );
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PFR_Advance
*
* @description:
* Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
* from a PFR font.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* gindex :: The glyph index.
*
* @output:
* aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
* to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt gindex,
FT_Pos *aadvance );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTPFR_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,232 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftrender.h */
/* */
/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTRENDER_H__
#define __FTRENDER_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_MODULE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* module_management */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* create a new glyph object */
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* destroys a given glyph object */
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_BBox* abbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
FT_Glyph target );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* deprecated */
#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
struct FT_Glyph_Class_
{
FT_Long glyph_size;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
};
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_UInt mode,
const FT_Vector* origin );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
const FT_Matrix* matrix,
const FT_Vector* delta );
typedef void
(*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_GlyphSlot slot,
FT_BBox* cbox );
typedef FT_Error
(*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_ULong mode_tag,
FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
/* deprecated identifiers */
#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Renderer_Class */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The renderer module class descriptor. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */
/* */
/* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */
/* */
/* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */
/* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */
/* */
/* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
/* a given glyph slot. */
/* */
/* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */
/* */
/* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */
/* */
/* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */
/* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
{
FT_Module_Class root;
FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
} FT_Renderer_Class;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* format :: The glyph format. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
/* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
/* */
/* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */
/* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Glyph_Format format );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Set_Renderer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */
/* */
/* <InOut> */
/* library :: A handle to the library object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */
/* */
/* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */
/* */
/* parameters :: Additional parameters. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */
/* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */
/* */
/* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */
/* */
/* Currently, no FreeType renderer module uses `parameters'; you */
/* should thus always pass NULL as the value. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
FT_Renderer renderer,
FT_UInt num_params,
FT_Parameter* parameters );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTRENDER_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsizes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */
/* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */
/* where they are needed. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTSIZES_H__
#define __FTSIZES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sizes_management */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Size Management */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Managing multiple sizes per face. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */
/* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */
/* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */
/* field. */
/* */
/* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */
/* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */
/* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */
/* */
/* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */
/* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */
/* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */
/* */
/* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */
/* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */
/* when using these. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_New_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Create a new size object from a given face object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
/* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
FT_Size* size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Done_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */
/* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */
/* @FT_New_Size. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Activate_Size */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */
/* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */
/* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been */
/* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */
/* */
/* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */
/* object. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */
/* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTSIZES_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsnames.h */
/* */
/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */
/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */
/* */
/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
#define __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* sfnt_names */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* SFNT Names */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */
/* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */
/* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */
/* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */
/* */
/* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */
/* */
/* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_SfntName */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */
/* */
/* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */
/* */
/* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */
/* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */
/* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */
/* */
/* Generally speaking, the string is not */
/* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */
/* specification for details. */
/* */
/* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */
/* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */
/* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */
/* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_SfntName_
{
FT_UShort platform_id;
FT_UShort encoding_id;
FT_UShort language_id;
FT_UShort name_id;
FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
} FT_SfntName;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The number of strings in the `name' table. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source face. */
/* */
/* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */
/* */
/* <Output> */
/* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */
/* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */
/* longer in use. */
/* */
/* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */
/* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */
/* platform, encoding, and name ID. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt idx,
FT_SfntName *aname );
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name'
* table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with
* legacy systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
* FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since
* OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy
* systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,785 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftstroke.h */
/* */
/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2002-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FT_STROKE_H__
#define __FT_STROKE_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_OUTLINE_H
#include FT_GLYPH_H
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* glyph_stroker
*
* @title:
* Glyph Stroker
*
* @abstract:
* Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
*
* @description:
* This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
* glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
* `inside' borders of the stroke.
*
* This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
* displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
* shape.
*
* @order:
* FT_Stroker
*
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* FT_Stroker_New
* FT_Stroker_Set
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
*/
/**************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stroker
*
* @description:
* Opaque handle to a path stroker object.
*/
typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineJoin
*
* @description:
* These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
* in a stroker.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
* Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used
* to join two lines smoothly.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
* Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of
* the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular
* region of the corner with a straight line between the
* outer corners of each stroke.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the
* miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes
* for the two segments are extended until they meet at an
* angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such
* that the miter would extend from the intersection of the
* segments a distance greater than the product of the miter
* limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see
* above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being
* created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter
* line join as used in PostScript and PDF.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
* Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if
* the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the
* strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector
* of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the
* intersection of the segments equal to the product of the
* miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents
* long spikes being created.
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line
* join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias
* for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for
* backwards compatibility.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
{
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3
} FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_Stroker_LineCap
*
* @description:
* These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
* rendered in a stroke.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
* point itself.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
* last point.
*
* FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
* The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
* last point.
*/
typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
{
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
} FT_Stroker_LineCap;
/**************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_StrokerBorder
*
* @description:
* These values are used to select a given stroke border
* in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
*
* @values:
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
* Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
* Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
*
* @note:
* Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
* borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
* `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
* drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
*
* You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
* @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
*/
typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
{
FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
} FT_StrokerBorder;
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `inside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
* `outside' borders of a given outline.
*
* @input:
* outline ::
* The source outline handle.
*
* @return:
* The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
* outlines.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_New
*
* @description:
* Create a new stroker object.
*
* @input:
* library ::
* FreeType library handle.
*
* @output:
* astroker ::
* A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
FT_Stroker *astroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Set
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object's attributes.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* radius ::
* The border radius.
*
* line_cap ::
* The line cap style.
*
* line_join ::
* The line join style.
*
* miter_limit ::
* The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and
* FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles,
* expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value.
*
* @note:
* The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
* coordinates.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Fixed radius,
FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
FT_Fixed miter_limit );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Rewind
*
* @description:
* Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
* You should call this function before beginning a new
* series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
*
* @description:
* A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
* the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
* later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The source outline.
*
* opened ::
* A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
* of a closed one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
* path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
*
* If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
* stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
*
* This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline,
FT_Bool opened );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
*
* @description:
* Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the start vector.
*
* open ::
* A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
* not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to,
FT_Bool open );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
*
* @description:
* Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
* If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
* single line segment to the start position when needed.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_LineTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ConicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control ::
* A pointer to a Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_CubicTo
*
* @description:
* `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
* from the last position.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* control1 ::
* A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
*
* control2 ::
* A pointer to second Bézier control point.
*
* to ::
* A pointer to the destination point.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
* @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Vector* control1,
FT_Vector* control2,
FT_Vector* to );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
* outlines generated by the stroker.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
* retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
* structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* border ::
* The border index.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*
* @note:
* Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
* receive all new data.
*
* When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
* two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
*
* When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
* the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
* points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
*
* Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
* retrieve all borders at once.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_StrokerBorder border,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_GetCounts
*
* @description:
* Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
* with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
* contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
* outline/path.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* @output:
* anum_points ::
* The number of points.
*
* anum_contours ::
* The number of contours.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_UInt *anum_points,
FT_UInt *anum_contours );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Export
*
* @description:
* Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
* export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
*
* Note that this function appends the border points and
* contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
* arrays.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* The target stroker handle.
*
* outline ::
* The target outline handle.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Outline* outline );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Stroker_Done
*
* @description:
* Destroy a stroker object.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_Stroke
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool destroy );
/**************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
*
* @description:
* Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
* only return either its inside or outside border.
*
* @inout:
* pglyph ::
* Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
*
* @input:
* stroker ::
* A stroker handle.
*
* inside ::
* A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
* the outside border.
*
* destroy ::
* A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
* on success.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
*
* Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
* depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
* may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
* to account for this added size.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
FT_Stroker stroker,
FT_Bool inside,
FT_Bool destroy );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FT_STROKE_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

View File

@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsynth.h */
/* */
/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */
/* (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2000-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/********* *********/
/********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
/********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
/********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
/********* *********/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
/* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
/* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
/* code resource that should be copied into the application and */
/* adapted to the particular needs. */
#ifndef __FTSYNTH_H__
#define __FTSYNTH_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
/* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
/* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
/* */
/* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */
/* increased by the strength of the emboldening -- this even affects */
/* mono-width fonts! */
/* */
/* You can also call @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTSYNTH_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,355 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftsystem.h */
/* */
/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTSYSTEM_H__
#define __FTSYSTEM_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* system_interface */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* System Interface */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains various definitions related to memory */
/* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */
/* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */
/* i/o streams. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Memory
*
* @description:
* A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
* @FT_MemoryRec structure.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Alloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* size ::
* The size in bytes to allocate.
*
* @return:
* Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long size );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Free_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to release a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* block ::
* The address of the target memory block.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Realloc_Func
*
* @description:
* A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
*
* @input:
* memory ::
* A handle to the source memory manager.
*
* cur_size ::
* The block's current size in bytes.
*
* new_size ::
* The block's requested new size.
*
* block ::
* The block's current address.
*
* @return:
* New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
*
* @note:
* In case of error, the old block must still be available.
*
*/
typedef void*
(*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
long cur_size,
long new_size,
void* block );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_MemoryRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
*
* @fields:
* user ::
* A generic typeless pointer for user data.
*
* alloc ::
* A pointer type to an allocation function.
*
* free ::
* A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
*
* realloc ::
* A pointer type to a reallocation function.
*
*/
struct FT_MemoryRec_
{
void* user;
FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
FT_Free_Func free;
FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
};
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Stream
*
* @description:
* A handle to an input stream.
*
* @also:
* See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given
* stream object.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamDesc
*
* @description:
* A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
* to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
*
*/
typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
{
long value;
void* pointer;
} FT_StreamDesc;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_IoFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the source stream.
*
* offset ::
* The offset of read in stream (always from start).
*
* buffer ::
* The address of the read buffer.
*
* count ::
* The number of bytes to read from the stream.
*
* @return:
* The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
*
* @note:
* This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
* with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an
* error.
*
*/
typedef unsigned long
(*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
unsigned long offset,
unsigned char* buffer,
unsigned long count );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @functype:
* FT_Stream_CloseFunc
*
* @description:
* A function used to close a given input stream.
*
* @input:
* stream ::
* A handle to the target stream.
*
*/
typedef void
(*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @struct:
* FT_StreamRec
*
* @description:
* A structure used to describe an input stream.
*
* @input:
* base ::
* For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
* byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for
* disk-based streams.
*
* size ::
* The stream size in bytes.
*
* In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before
* actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF.
* (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is
* thus just a hint.)
*
* pos ::
* The current position within the stream.
*
* descriptor ::
* This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
* used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
* pointers.
*
* pathname ::
* This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
* useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
* (where available).
*
* read ::
* The stream's input function.
*
* close ::
* The stream's close function.
*
* memory ::
* The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set
* internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
* implementations.
*
* cursor ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
* limit ::
* This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
* frames.
*
*/
typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
{
unsigned char* base;
unsigned long size;
unsigned long pos;
FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
FT_StreamDesc pathname;
FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
FT_Memory memory;
unsigned char* cursor;
unsigned char* limit;
} FT_StreamRec;
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTSYSTEM_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttrigon.h */
/* */
/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2001-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTTRIGON_H__
#define __FTTRIGON_H__
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* computations */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @type:
* FT_Angle
*
* @description:
* This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
* angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
*
*/
typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI
*
* @description:
* The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_2PI
*
* @description:
* The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI2
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @macro:
* FT_ANGLE_PI4
*
* @description:
* The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
*
*/
#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sin
*
* @description:
* Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The sinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Cos
*
* @description:
* Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The cosinus value.
*
* @note:
* If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
* function @FT_Vector_Unit.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Tan
*
* @description:
* Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
* @return:
* The tangent value.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Atan2
*
* @description:
* Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
* the 2d plane.
*
* @input:
* x ::
* The horizontal vector coordinate.
*
* y ::
* The vertical vector coordinate.
*
* @return:
* The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
FT_Fixed y );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Angle_Diff
*
* @description:
* Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
* constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
*
* @input:
* angle1 ::
* First angle.
*
* angle2 ::
* Second angle.
*
* @return:
* Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
FT_Angle angle2 );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Unit
*
* @description:
* Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
* call, the value of `vec.x' will be `cos(angle)', and the value of
* `vec.y' will be `sin(angle)'.
*
* This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
* given angle quickly.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Rotate
*
* @description:
* Rotate a vector by a given angle.
*
* @inout:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @input:
* angle ::
* The input angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Angle angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Length
*
* @description:
* Return the length of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of target vector.
*
* @return:
* The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
* vector coordinates.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_Polarize
*
* @description:
* Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
*
* @input:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed *length,
FT_Angle *angle );
/*************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Vector_From_Polar
*
* @description:
* Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
*
* @output:
* vec ::
* The address of source vector.
*
* @input:
* length ::
* The vector length.
*
* angle ::
* The vector angle.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( void )
FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
FT_Fixed length,
FT_Angle angle );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTTRIGON_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,310 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftttdrv.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for controlling the TrueType driver */
/* (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 2013-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTTTDRV_H__
#define __FTTTDRV_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/**************************************************************************
*
* @section:
* tt_driver
*
* @title:
* The TrueType driver
*
* @abstract:
* Controlling the TrueType driver module.
*
* @description:
* While FreeType's TrueType driver doesn't expose API functions by
* itself, it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set
* and @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
* together with the necessary macros and structures.
*
* The TrueType driver's module name is `truetype'.
*
* We start with a list of definitions, kindly provided by Greg
* Hitchcock.
*
* _Bi-Level_ _Rendering_
*
* Monochromatic rendering, exclusively used in the early days of
* TrueType by both Apple and Microsoft. Microsoft's GDI interface
* supported hinting of the right-side bearing point, such that the
* advance width could be non-linear. Most often this was done to
* achieve some level of glyph symmetry. To enable reasonable
* performance (e.g., not having to run hinting on all glyphs just to
* get the widths) there was a bit in the head table indicating if the
* side bearing was hinted, and additional tables, `hdmx' and `LTSH', to
* cache hinting widths across multiple sizes and device aspect ratios.
*
* _Font_ _Smoothing_
*
* Microsoft's GDI implementation of anti-aliasing. Not traditional
* anti-aliasing as the outlines were hinted before the sampling. The
* widths matched the bi-level rendering.
*
* _ClearType_ _Rendering_
*
* Technique that uses physical subpixels to improve rendering on LCD
* (and other) displays. Because of the higher resolution, many methods
* of improving symmetry in glyphs through hinting the right-side
* bearing were no longer necessary. This lead to what GDI calls
* `natural widths' ClearType, see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec21. Since hinting
* has extra resolution, most non-linearity went away, but it is still
* possible for hints to change the advance widths in this mode.
*
* _ClearType_ _Compatible_ _Widths_
*
* One of the earliest challenges with ClearType was allowing the
* implementation in GDI to be selected without requiring all UI and
* documents to reflow. To address this, a compatible method of
* rendering ClearType was added where the font hints are executed once
* to determine the width in bi-level rendering, and then re-run in
* ClearType, with the difference in widths being absorbed in the font
* hints for ClearType (mostly in the white space of hints); see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec20. Somewhat by
* definition, compatible width ClearType allows for non-linear widths,
* but only when the bi-level version has non-linear widths.
*
* _ClearType_ _Subpixel_ _Positioning_
*
* One of the nice benefits of ClearType is the ability to more crisply
* display fractional widths; unfortunately, the GDI model of integer
* bitmaps did not support this. However, the WPF and Direct Write
* frameworks do support fractional widths. DWrite calls this `natural
* mode', not to be confused with GDI's `natural widths'. Subpixel
* positioning, in the current implementation of Direct Write,
* unfortunately does not support hinted advance widths, see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec22. Note that the
* TrueType interpreter fully allows the advance width to be adjusted in
* this mode, just the DWrite client will ignore those changes.
*
* _ClearType_ _Backwards_ _Compatibility_
*
* This is a set of exceptions made in the TrueType interpreter to
* minimize hinting techniques that were problematic with the extra
* resolution of ClearType; see
* http://www.beatstamm.com/typography/RTRCh4.htm#Sec1 and
* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx.
* This technique is not to be confused with ClearType compatible
* widths. ClearType backwards compatibility has no direct impact on
* changing advance widths, but there might be an indirect impact on
* disabling some deltas. This could be worked around in backwards
* compatibility mode.
*
* _Native_ _ClearType_ _Mode_
*
* (Not to be confused with `natural widths'.) This mode removes all
* the exceptions in the TrueType interpreter when running with
* ClearType. Any issues on widths would still apply, though.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @property:
* interpreter-version
*
* @description:
* Currently, two versions are available, representing the bytecode
* interpreter with and without subpixel hinting support,
* respectively. The default is subpixel support if
* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING is defined, and no subpixel
* support otherwise (since it isn't available then).
*
* If subpixel hinting is on, many TrueType bytecode instructions behave
* differently compared to B/W or grayscale rendering (except if `native
* ClearType' is selected by the font). The main idea is to render at a
* much increased horizontal resolution, then sampling down the created
* output to subpixel precision. However, many older fonts are not
* suited to this and must be specially taken care of by applying
* (hardcoded) font-specific tweaks.
*
* Details on subpixel hinting and some of the necessary tweaks can be
* found in Greg Hitchcock's whitepaper at
* `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx'.
*
* The following example code demonstrates how to activate subpixel
* hinting (omitting the error handling).
*
* {
* FT_Library library;
* FT_Face face;
* FT_UInt interpreter_version = TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38;
*
*
* FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
*
* FT_Property_Set( library, "truetype",
* "interpreter-version",
* &interpreter_version );
* }
*
* @note:
* This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
*
*/
/**************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of constants used for the @interpreter-version property to
* select the hinting engine for Truetype fonts.
*
* The numeric value in the constant names represents the version
* number as returned by the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction.
*
* @values:
* TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 ::
* Version~35 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.7 as used e.g. in
* Windows~98; only grayscale and B/W rasterizing is supported.
*
* TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 ::
* Version~38 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.9; it is roughly
* equivalent to the hinting provided by DirectWrite ClearType (as
* can be found, for example, in the Internet Explorer~9 running on
* Windows~7).
*
* @note:
* This property controls the behaviour of the bytecode interpreter
* and thus how outlines get hinted. It does *not* control how glyph
* get rasterized! In particular, it does not control subpixel color
* filtering.
*
* If FreeType has not been compiled with configuration option
* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING, selecting version~38 causes an
* `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error.
*
* Depending on the graphics framework, Microsoft uses different
* bytecode and rendering engines. As a consequence, the version
* numbers returned by a call to the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction are
* more convoluted than desired.
*
* Here are two tables that try to shed some light on the possible
* values for the MS rasterizer engine, together with the additional
* features introduced by it.
*
* {
* GETINFO framework version feature
* -------------------------------------------------------------------
* 3 GDI (Win 3.1), v1.0 16-bit, first version
* TrueImage
* 33 GDI (Win NT 3.1), v1.5 32-bit
* HP Laserjet
* 34 GDI (Win 95) v1.6 font smoothing,
* new SCANTYPE opcode
* 35 GDI (Win 98/2000) v1.7 (UN)SCALED_COMPONENT_OFFSET
* bits in composite glyphs
* 36 MGDI (Win CE 2) v1.6+ classic ClearType
* 37 GDI (XP and later), v1.8 ClearType
* GDI+ old (before Vista)
* 38 GDI+ old (Vista, Win 7), v1.9 subpixel ClearType,
* WPF Y-direction ClearType,
* additional error checking
* 39 DWrite (before Win 8) v2.0 subpixel ClearType flags
* in GETINFO opcode,
* bug fixes
* 40 GDI+ (after Win 7), v2.1 Y-direction ClearType flag
* DWrite (Win 8) in GETINFO opcode,
* Gray ClearType
* }
*
* The `version' field gives a rough orientation only, since some
* applications provided certain features much earlier (as an example,
* Microsoft Reader used subpixel and Y-direction ClearType already in
* Windows 2000). Similarly, updates to a given framework might include
* improved hinting support.
*
* {
* version sampling rendering comment
* x y x y
* --------------------------------------------------------------
* v1.0 normal normal B/W B/W bi-level
* v1.6 high high gray gray grayscale
* v1.8 high normal color-filter B/W (GDI) ClearType
* v1.9 high high color-filter gray Color ClearType
* v2.1 high normal gray B/W Gray ClearType
* v2.1 high high gray gray Gray ClearType
* }
*
* Color and Gray ClearType are the two available variants of
* `Y-direction ClearType', meaning grayscale rasterization along the
* Y-direction; the name used in the TrueType specification for this
* feature is `symmetric smoothing'. `Classic ClearType' is the
* original algorithm used before introducing a modified version in
* Win~XP. Another name for v1.6's grayscale rendering is `font
* smoothing', and `Color ClearType' is sometimes also called `DWrite
* ClearType'. To differentiate between today's Color ClearType and the
* earlier ClearType variant with B/W rendering along the vertical axis,
* the latter is sometimes called `GDI ClearType'.
*
* `Normal' and `high' sampling describe the (virtual) resolution to
* access the rasterized outline after the hinting process. `Normal'
* means 1 sample per grid line (i.e., B/W). In the current Microsoft
* implementation, `high' means an extra virtual resolution of 16x16 (or
* 16x1) grid lines per pixel for bytecode instructions like `MIRP'.
* After hinting, these 16 grid lines are mapped to 6x5 (or 6x1) grid
* lines for color filtering if Color ClearType is activated.
*
* Note that `Gray ClearType' is essentially the same as v1.6's
* grayscale rendering. However, the GETINFO instruction handles it
* differently: v1.6 returns bit~12 (hinting for grayscale), while v2.1
* returns bits~13 (hinting for ClearType), 18 (symmetrical smoothing),
* and~19 (Gray ClearType). Also, this mode respects bits 2 and~3 for
* the version~1 gasp table exclusively (like Color ClearType), while
* v1.6 only respects the values of version~0 (bits 0 and~1).
*
* FreeType doesn't provide all capabilities of the most recent
* ClearType incarnation, thus we identify our subpixel support as
* version~38.
*
*/
#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 35
#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 38
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTTTDRV_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,602 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* fttypes.h */
/* */
/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTTYPES_H__
#define __FTTYPES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
#include FT_SYSTEM_H
#include FT_IMAGE_H
#include <stddef.h>
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* basic_types */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Basic Data Types */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* The basic data types defined by the library. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */
/* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */
/* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* FT_Char */
/* FT_Int */
/* FT_UInt */
/* FT_Int16 */
/* FT_UInt16 */
/* FT_Int32 */
/* FT_UInt32 */
/* FT_Int64 */
/* FT_UInt64 */
/* FT_Short */
/* FT_UShort */
/* FT_Long */
/* FT_ULong */
/* FT_Bool */
/* FT_Offset */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* FT_String */
/* FT_Tag */
/* FT_Error */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* FT_Pos */
/* FT_Vector */
/* FT_BBox */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* FT_FWord */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* FT_Generic */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* FT_Bitmap */
/* FT_Pixel_Mode */
/* FT_Palette_Mode */
/* FT_Glyph_Format */
/* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bool */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */
/* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_FWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */
/* units. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UFWord */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */
/* font units. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Char */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */
/* */
typedef signed char FT_Char;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Byte */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Bytes */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for constant memory areas. */
/* */
typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */
/* */
typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_String */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */
/* */
typedef char FT_String;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Short */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed short. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_Short;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UShort */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned short. */
/* */
typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Int */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the int type. */
/* */
typedef signed int FT_Int;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_UInt */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */
/* */
typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Long */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for signed long. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Long;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ULong */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A typedef for unsigned long. */
/* */
typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F2Dot14 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */
/* */
typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_F26Dot6 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */
/* coordinates. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Fixed */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */
/* values or matrix coefficients. */
/* */
typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Error */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */
/* as a successful operation. */
/* */
typedef int FT_Error;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Pointer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */
/* */
typedef void* FT_Pointer;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_Offset */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */
/* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */
/* or a memory block size. */
/* */
typedef size_t FT_Offset;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_PtrDist */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */
/* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */
/* between two pointers. */
/* */
typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_UnitVector */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */
/* FT_F2Dot14 types. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */
/* */
/* y :: Vertical coordinate. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
{
FT_F2Dot14 x;
FT_F2Dot14 y;
} FT_UnitVector;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Matrix */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */
/* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */
/* */
/* { */
/* x' = x*xx + y*xy */
/* y' = x*yx + y*yy */
/* } */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
/* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Matrix_
{
FT_Fixed xx, xy;
FT_Fixed yx, yy;
} FT_Matrix;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Data */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* pointer :: The data. */
/* */
/* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Data_
{
const FT_Byte* pointer;
FT_Int length;
} FT_Data;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <FuncType> */
/* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */
/* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */
/* details of usage. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization. */
/* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */
/* */
typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object);
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_Generic */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */
/* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */
/* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */
/* */
/* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */
/* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */
/* servers. */
/* */
/* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
/* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */
/* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */
/* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
/* in the `finalizer' field). */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
/* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */
/* */
/* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */
/* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */
/* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_Generic_
{
void* data;
FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
} FT_Generic;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Macro> */
/* FT_MAKE_TAG */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label */
/* TrueType tables into an unsigned long, to be used within FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */
/* this macro. */
/* */
#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
(FT_Tag) \
( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \
( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \
(FT_ULong)_x4 )
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* list_processing */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_ListNode */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */
/* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */
/* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Type> */
/* FT_List */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListNodeRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a single list element. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */
/* */
/* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */
/* */
/* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
{
FT_ListNode prev;
FT_ListNode next;
void* data;
} FT_ListNodeRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_ListRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */
/* used in many parts of FreeType. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
/* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_ListRec_
{
FT_ListNode head;
FT_ListNode tail;
} FT_ListRec;
/* */
#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
/* concatenate C tokens */
#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
/* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */
#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )
#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \
( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTTYPES_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ftwinfnt.h */
/* */
/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __FTWINFNT_H__
#define __FTWINFNT_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* winfnt_fonts */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Window FNT Files */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Windows FNT specific API. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */
/* functions. */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************
*
* @enum:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
*
* @description:
* A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
* @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
* encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at
* ftp://ftp.unicode.org/Public in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS
* subdirectory. cp1361 is roughly a superset of
* MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
*
* @values:
* FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
* This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
* `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value.
* When querying for information about the character set of the font
* that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
* return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
* There is no known mapping table available.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
* Mac Roman encoding.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
* From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
*
* The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
* is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
* `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
*
* The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
* specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
*
* The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
* Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
* character set. The OEM character set is system dependent.
*
* In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
* second default codepage that most international versions of
* Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
*
* https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/goglobal/bb964655,
*
* and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
* A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
* 1252 and OEM codepage 850.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
* A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
* A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
* A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
* A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
* A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
* ordering and minor deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
* A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
* ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
* A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
* ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
* A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
* A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
* A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
* A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
* A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
* For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
* characters.
*
* FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
* Korean (Johab).
*/
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Windows FNT Header info. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
{
FT_UShort version;
FT_ULong file_size;
FT_Byte copyright[60];
FT_UShort file_type;
FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
FT_UShort ascent;
FT_UShort internal_leading;
FT_UShort external_leading;
FT_Byte italic;
FT_Byte underline;
FT_Byte strike_out;
FT_UShort weight;
FT_Byte charset;
FT_UShort pixel_width;
FT_UShort pixel_height;
FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
FT_UShort avg_width;
FT_UShort max_width;
FT_Byte first_char;
FT_Byte last_char;
FT_Byte default_char;
FT_Byte break_char;
FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
FT_ULong device_offset;
FT_ULong face_name_offset;
FT_ULong bits_pointer;
FT_ULong bits_offset;
FT_Byte reserved;
FT_ULong flags;
FT_UShort A_space;
FT_UShort B_space;
FT_UShort C_space;
FT_UShort color_table_offset;
FT_ULong reserved1[4];
} FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* FT_WinFNT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
/**********************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
*
* @description:
* Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
*
* @input:
* face :: A handle to the input face.
*
* @output:
* aheader :: The WinFNT header.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
* otherwise.
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __FTWINFNT_H__ */
/* END */
/* Local Variables: */
/* coding: utf-8 */
/* End: */

View File

@ -1,761 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* t1tables.h */
/* */
/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */
/* only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __T1TABLES_H__
#define __T1TABLES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* type1_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* Type 1 Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */
/* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* PS_FontInfoRec */
/* PS_FontInfo */
/* PS_PrivateRec */
/* PS_Private */
/* */
/* CID_FaceDictRec */
/* CID_FaceDict */
/* CID_FaceInfoRec */
/* CID_FaceInfo */
/* */
/* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private */
/* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value */
/* */
/* T1_Blend_Flags */
/* T1_EncodingType */
/* PS_Dict_Keys */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
/* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* FontInfo dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_
{
FT_String* version;
FT_String* notice;
FT_String* full_name;
FT_String* family_name;
FT_String* weight;
FT_Long italic_angle;
FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch;
FT_Short underline_position;
FT_UShort underline_thickness;
} PS_FontInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_FontInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_PrivateRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */
/* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
/* Private dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_
{
FT_Int unique_id;
FT_Int lenIV;
FT_Byte num_blue_values;
FT_Byte num_other_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_blues;
FT_Byte num_family_other_blues;
FT_Short blue_values[14];
FT_Short other_blues[10];
FT_Short family_blues [14];
FT_Short family_other_blues[10];
FT_Fixed blue_scale;
FT_Int blue_shift;
FT_Int blue_fuzz;
FT_UShort standard_width[1];
FT_UShort standard_height[1];
FT_Byte num_snap_widths;
FT_Byte num_snap_heights;
FT_Bool force_bold;
FT_Bool round_stem_up;
FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */
FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Long language_group;
FT_Long password;
FT_Short min_feature[2];
} PS_PrivateRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* PS_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* T1_Private */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* T1_Blend_Flags */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */
/* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */
/* Multiple Masters fonts. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */
/* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE :: */
/* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD :: */
/* */
typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_
{
/* required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
/* required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
T1_BLEND_MAX /* do not remove */
} T1_Blend_Flags;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */
/* `T1_Blend_Flags' values instead */
#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX
/* */
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16
/* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4
/* maximum number of elements in a design map */
#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20
/* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
typedef struct PS_DesignMap_
{
FT_Byte num_points;
FT_Long* design_points;
FT_Fixed* blend_points;
} PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap;
typedef struct PS_BlendRec_
{
FT_UInt num_designs;
FT_UInt num_axis;
FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
FT_Fixed* weight_vector;
FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector;
PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
FT_ULong blend_bitflags;
FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
/* since 2.3.0 */
/* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */
/* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */
/* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
/* in the font and associated metrics files */
FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
FT_UInt num_default_design_vector;
} PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
/* backwards-compatible definition */
typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDictRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_
{
PS_PrivateRec private_dict;
FT_UInt len_buildchar;
FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold;
FT_Pos stroke_width;
FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
FT_Byte paint_type;
FT_Byte font_type;
FT_Matrix font_matrix;
FT_Vector font_offset;
FT_UInt num_subrs;
FT_ULong subrmap_offset;
FT_Int sd_bytes;
} CID_FaceDictRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceDict */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FontDict */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceDictRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfoRec */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_
{
FT_String* cid_font_name;
FT_Fixed cid_version;
FT_Int cid_font_type;
FT_String* registry;
FT_String* ordering;
FT_Int supplement;
PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
FT_BBox font_bbox;
FT_ULong uid_base;
FT_Int num_xuid;
FT_ULong xuid[16];
FT_ULong cidmap_offset;
FT_Int fd_bytes;
FT_Int gd_bytes;
FT_ULong cid_count;
FT_Int num_dicts;
CID_FaceDict font_dicts;
FT_ULong data_offset;
} CID_FaceInfoRec;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_FaceInfo */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */
/* */
typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* CID_Info */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
/* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
/* FreeType. */
/* */
typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info;
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
*
* @description:
* Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph
* names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
* except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
* glyph name tables.
*
* When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
* names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* face handle
*
* @return:
* Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_info ::
* Output font info structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* String pointers within the @PS_FontInfoRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller. Missing entries
* in the font's FontInfo dictionary are represented by NULL pointers.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will
* return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face,
PS_FontInfo afont_info );
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
* PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* @output:
* afont_private ::
* Output private dictionary structure pointer.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
* the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face,
PS_Private afont_private );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* T1_EncodingType */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1 */
/* dictionary. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1 :: */
/* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT :: */
/* */
typedef enum T1_EncodingType_
{
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
} T1_EncodingType;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* PS_Dict_Keys */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify */
/* the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX :: */
/* PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FONT_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS :: */
/* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY :: */
/* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING :: */
/* PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS :: */
/* PS_DICT_SUBR :: */
/* PS_DICT_STD_HW :: */
/* PS_DICT_STD_VW :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE :: */
/* PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H :: */
/* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H :: */
/* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V :: */
/* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V :: */
/* PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD :: */
/* PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP :: */
/* PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE :: */
/* PS_DICT_LEN_IV :: */
/* PS_DICT_PASSWORD :: */
/* PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP :: */
/* PS_DICT_VERSION :: */
/* PS_DICT_NOTICE :: */
/* PS_DICT_FULL_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME :: */
/* PS_DICT_WEIGHT :: */
/* PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */
/* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */
/* PS_DICT_FS_TYPE :: */
/* PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */
/* */
typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_
{
/* conventionally in the font dictionary */
PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */
PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */
/* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */
PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */
PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */
PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */
PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */
/* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */
PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */
PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */
PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */
PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */
PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE
} PS_Dict_Keys;
/************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
*
* @description:
* Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* PostScript face handle.
*
* key ::
* An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.
*
* idx ::
* For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.
*
* value ::
* A pointer to memory into which to write the value.
*
* valen_len ::
* The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.
*
* @output:
* value ::
* The value matching the above key, if it exists.
*
* @return:
* The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested
* value (if it exists, -1 otherwise).
*
* @note:
* The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of
* the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them
* belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the
* `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be
* used to manipulate the face.
*
* `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of
* various types.
*
* If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the
* required memory size for the requested entry is returned.
*
* The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for
* example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys
* from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It
* is ignored for atomic values.
*
* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To
* get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by
* 65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).
*
* IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can
* be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP,
* ND, and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be
* available either.
*
* If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
* the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face,
PS_Dict_Keys key,
FT_UInt idx,
void *value,
FT_Long value_len );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __T1TABLES_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,829 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttables.h */
/* */
/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */
/* (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __TTTABLES_H__
#define __TTTABLES_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Section> */
/* truetype_tables */
/* */
/* <Title> */
/* TrueType Tables */
/* */
/* <Abstract> */
/* TrueType specific table types and functions. */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables */
/* as well as some routines used to access and process them. */
/* */
/* <Order> */
/* TT_Header */
/* TT_HoriHeader */
/* TT_VertHeader */
/* TT_OS2 */
/* TT_Postscript */
/* TT_PCLT */
/* TT_MaxProfile */
/* */
/* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
/* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table */
/* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info */
/* */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
/* */
/* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
/* */
/*************************************************************************/
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Header */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All */
/* fields follow the TrueType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Header_
{
FT_Fixed Table_Version;
FT_Fixed Font_Revision;
FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust;
FT_Long Magic_Number;
FT_UShort Flags;
FT_UShort Units_Per_EM;
FT_Long Created [2];
FT_Long Modified[2];
FT_Short xMin;
FT_Short yMin;
FT_Short xMax;
FT_Short yMax;
FT_UShort Mac_Style;
FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
FT_Short Font_Direction;
FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format;
FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format;
} TT_Header;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_HoriHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */
/* i.e., the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of all */
/* glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
/* of the OS/2 table instead if you want */
/* the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. It */
/* is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of the */
/* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
/* widths found in the font. It can be */
/* used to compute the maximum width of an */
/* arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
/* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
/* table -- this value can be smaller than */
/* the total number of glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
/* be identical except for the names of their fields, */
/* which are different. */
/* */
/* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
/* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
/* headers. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */
FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */
FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */
FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
/* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `HMTX' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_HoriHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_VertHeader */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */
/* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., */
/* the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* Version :: The table version. */
/* */
/* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
/* from the baseline to the top-most of */
/* all glyph points found in the font. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */
/* distance from the baseline to the */
/* bottom-most of all glyph points found */
/* in the font. It is negative. */
/* */
/* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
/* it is usually set by the font designer, */
/* and often reflects only a portion of */
/* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
/* ASCII). */
/* */
/* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
/* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
/* want the correct one. */
/* */
/* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
/* to add to the ascender and descender to */
/* get the BTB, i.e., the */
/* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
/* font. */
/* */
/* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */
/* advance heights found in the font. It */
/* can be used to compute the maximum */
/* height of an arbitrary string of text. */
/* */
/* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */
/* glyphs within the font. */
/* */
/* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */
/* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
/* all glyphs in the font. */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
/* */
/* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
/* slope. */
/* */
/* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */
/* This value is `reserved' in vmtx */
/* version 1.0. */
/* */
/* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
/* */
/* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
/* */
/* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */
/* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */
/* smaller than the total number of glyphs */
/* in the font. */
/* */
/* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
/* be identical except for the names of their fields, */
/* which are different. */
/* */
/* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
/* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
/* headers. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_VertHeader_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_Short Ascender;
FT_Short Descender;
FT_Short Line_Gap;
FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */
FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb or top-sb */
FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb */
FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* xmax or ymax extents */
FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
FT_Short caret_Offset;
FT_Short Reserved[4];
FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics;
/* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
/* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
/* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table. */
void* long_metrics;
void* short_metrics;
} TT_VertHeader;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_OS2 */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. All fields */
/* comply to the OpenType specification. */
/* */
/* Note that we now support old Mac fonts that do not include an OS/2 */
/* table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to 0xFFFF. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_OS2_
{
FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
FT_Short xAvgCharWidth;
FT_UShort usWeightClass;
FT_UShort usWidthClass;
FT_UShort fsType;
FT_Short ySubscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize;
FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset;
FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset;
FT_Short yStrikeoutSize;
FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition;
FT_Short sFamilyClass;
FT_Byte panose[10];
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */
FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */
FT_Char achVendID[4];
FT_UShort fsSelection;
FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex;
FT_UShort usLastCharIndex;
FT_Short sTypoAscender;
FT_Short sTypoDescender;
FT_Short sTypoLineGap;
FT_UShort usWinAscent;
FT_UShort usWinDescent;
/* only version 1 and higher: */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
/* only version 2 and higher: */
FT_Short sxHeight;
FT_Short sCapHeight;
FT_UShort usDefaultChar;
FT_UShort usBreakChar;
FT_UShort usMaxContext;
/* only version 5 and higher: */
FT_UShort usLowerOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
FT_UShort usUpperOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */
} TT_OS2;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_Postscript */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields */
/* comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not */
/* reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless */
/* accessed with the `ttpost' module. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_Postscript_
{
FT_Fixed FormatType;
FT_Fixed italicAngle;
FT_Short underlinePosition;
FT_Short underlineThickness;
FT_ULong isFixedPitch;
FT_ULong minMemType42;
FT_ULong maxMemType42;
FT_ULong minMemType1;
FT_ULong maxMemType1;
/* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't */
/* load them by default. See the ttpost.c file. */
} TT_Postscript;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_PCLT */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields */
/* comply to the TrueType specification. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_PCLT_
{
FT_Fixed Version;
FT_ULong FontNumber;
FT_UShort Pitch;
FT_UShort xHeight;
FT_UShort Style;
FT_UShort TypeFamily;
FT_UShort CapHeight;
FT_UShort SymbolSet;
FT_Char TypeFace[16];
FT_Char CharacterComplement[8];
FT_Char FileName[6];
FT_Char StrokeWeight;
FT_Char WidthType;
FT_Byte SerifStyle;
FT_Byte Reserved;
} TT_PCLT;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Struct> */
/* TT_MaxProfile */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* The maximum profile is a table containing many max values, which */
/* can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory */
/* allocation occurs during a glyph load. */
/* */
/* <Fields> */
/* version :: The version number. */
/* */
/* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */
/* font. */
/* */
/* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* the structure element */
/* `maxCompositePoints'. */
/* */
/* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
/* the structure element */
/* `maxCompositeContours'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
/* structure element `maxPoints'. */
/* */
/* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
/* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
/* structure element `maxContours'. */
/* */
/* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */
/* glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */
/* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */
/* storage area used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */
/* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
/* this font. */
/* */
/* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
/* during bytecode interpretation. */
/* */
/* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */
/* used for glyph hinting. */
/* */
/* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */
/* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */
/* */
/* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */
/* glyphs. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* This structure is only used during font loading. */
/* */
typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_
{
FT_Fixed version;
FT_UShort numGlyphs;
FT_UShort maxPoints;
FT_UShort maxContours;
FT_UShort maxCompositePoints;
FT_UShort maxCompositeContours;
FT_UShort maxZones;
FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints;
FT_UShort maxStorage;
FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs;
FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs;
FT_UShort maxStackElements;
FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions;
FT_UShort maxComponentElements;
FT_UShort maxComponentDepth;
} TT_MaxProfile;
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Enum> */
/* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. */
/* Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */
/* */
/* <Values> */
/* FT_SFNT_HEAD :: To access the font's @TT_Header structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_MAXP :: To access the font's @TT_MaxProfile structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_OS2 :: To access the font's @TT_OS2 structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_HHEA :: To access the font's @TT_HoriHeader structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_VHEA :: To access the font's @TT_VertHeader struture. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_POST :: To access the font's @TT_Postscript structure. */
/* */
/* FT_SFNT_PCLT :: To access the font's @TT_PCLT structure. */
/* */
typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_
{
FT_SFNT_HEAD,
FT_SFNT_MAXP,
FT_SFNT_OS2,
FT_SFNT_HHEA,
FT_SFNT_VHEA,
FT_SFNT_POST,
FT_SFNT_PCLT,
FT_SFNT_MAX
} FT_Sfnt_Tag;
/* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Sfnt_Tag' */
/* values instead */
#define ft_sfnt_head FT_SFNT_HEAD
#define ft_sfnt_maxp FT_SFNT_MAXP
#define ft_sfnt_os2 FT_SFNT_OS2
#define ft_sfnt_hhea FT_SFNT_HHEA
#define ft_sfnt_vhea FT_SFNT_VHEA
#define ft_sfnt_post FT_SFNT_POST
#define ft_sfnt_pclt FT_SFNT_PCLT
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* face :: A handle to the source. */
/* */
/* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be~0 in case of */
/* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */
/* from the file. */
/* */
/* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */
/* elements. */
/* */
/* <Note> */
/* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */
/* */
/* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
/* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
/* a list. */
/* */
/* Here an example how to access the `vhea' table: */
/* */
/* { */
/* TT_VertHeader* vert_header; */
/* */
/* */
/* vert_header = */
/* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, FT_SFNT_VHEA ); */
/* } */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( void* )
FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_Sfnt_Tag tag );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
*
* @description:
* Load any font table into client memory.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* tag ::
* The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value~0 if you want
* to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the
* definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
* one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
*
* offset ::
* The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
*
* @output:
* buffer ::
* The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory
* array is big enough to hold the data.
*
* @inout:
* length ::
* If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table.
* Return an error code if it fails.
*
* Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the
* table's (or file) full size in it.
*
* Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
* starting offset.
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
* function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example:
*
* {
* FT_ULong length = 0;
*
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
*
* buffer = malloc( length );
* if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
*
* error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
* if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
* }
*
* Note that structures like @TT_Header or @TT_OS2 can't be used with
* this function; they are limited to @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table. Reason is that
* those structures depend on the processor architecture, with varying
* size (e.g. 32bit vs. 64bit) or order (big endian vs. little endian).
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
FT_ULong tag,
FT_Long offset,
FT_Byte* buffer,
FT_ULong* length );
/**************************************************************************
*
* @function:
* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
*
* @description:
* Return information on an SFNT table.
*
* @input:
* face ::
* A handle to the source face.
*
* table_index ::
* The index of an SFNT table. The function returns
* FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
*
* @inout:
* tag ::
* The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is NULL, `table_index'
* is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the
* font.
*
* @output:
* length ::
* The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending
* on `tag').
*
* @return:
* FreeType error code. 0~means success.
*
* @note:
* While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as
* missing.
*
*/
FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face,
FT_UInt table_index,
FT_ULong *tag,
FT_ULong *length );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of */
/* language ID values are in `ttnameid.h'. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
/* TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value. */
/* */
/* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is */
/* 0xFFFFFFFF. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap );
/*************************************************************************/
/* */
/* <Function> */
/* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
/* */
/* <Description> */
/* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format. */
/* */
/* <Input> */
/* charmap :: */
/* The target charmap. */
/* */
/* <Return> */
/* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
/* TrueType/sfnt face, return -1. */
/* */
FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap );
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __TTTABLES_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* tttags.h */
/* */
/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */
/* */
/* Copyright 1996-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __TTAGS_H__
#define __TTAGS_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
#define TTAG_CBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_CBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
#define TTAG_sbix FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'b', 'i', 'x' )
#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
#define TTAG_wOFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', 'F' )
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __TTAGS_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
/***************************************************************************/
/* */
/* ttunpat.h */
/* */
/* Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system */
/* */
/* Copyright 2003-2015 by */
/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
/* */
/* Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com> */
/* */
/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
/* understand and accept it fully. */
/* */
/***************************************************************************/
#ifndef __TTUNPAT_H__
#define __TTUNPAT_H__
#include <ft2build.h>
#include FT_FREETYPE_H
#ifdef FREETYPE_H
#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
#endif
FT_BEGIN_HEADER
/***************************************************************************
*
* @constant:
* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
*
* @description:
* A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to indicate
* that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType bytecode
* interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
*
*/
#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
/* */
FT_END_HEADER
#endif /* __TTUNPAT_H__ */
/* END */

View File

@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
/*
** $Id: lauxlib.h,v 1.88.1.1 2007/12/27 13:02:25 roberto Exp $
** Auxiliary functions for building Lua libraries
** See Copyright Notice in lua.h
*/
#ifndef lauxlib_h
#define lauxlib_h
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "lua.h"
#define luaL_getn(L,i) ((int)lua_objlen(L, i))
#define luaL_setn(L,i,j) ((void)0) /* no op! */
/* extra error code for `luaL_load' */
#define LUA_ERRFILE (LUA_ERRERR+1)
typedef struct luaL_Reg {
const char *name;
lua_CFunction func;
} luaL_Reg;
LUALIB_API void (luaL_openlib) (lua_State *L, const char *libname,
const luaL_Reg *l, int nup);
LUALIB_API void (luaL_register) (lua_State *L, const char *libname,
const luaL_Reg *l);
LUALIB_API int (luaL_getmetafield) (lua_State *L, int obj, const char *e);
LUALIB_API int (luaL_callmeta) (lua_State *L, int obj, const char *e);
LUALIB_API int (luaL_typerror) (lua_State *L, int narg, const char *tname);
LUALIB_API int (luaL_argerror) (lua_State *L, int numarg, const char *extramsg);
LUALIB_API const char *(luaL_checklstring) (lua_State *L, int numArg,
size_t *l);
LUALIB_API const char *(luaL_optlstring) (lua_State *L, int numArg,
const char *def, size_t *l);
LUALIB_API lua_Number (luaL_checknumber) (lua_State *L, int numArg);
LUALIB_API lua_Number (luaL_optnumber) (lua_State *L, int nArg, lua_Number def);
LUALIB_API lua_Integer (luaL_checkinteger) (lua_State *L, int numArg);
LUALIB_API lua_Integer (luaL_optinteger) (lua_State *L, int nArg,
lua_Integer def);
LUALIB_API void (luaL_checkstack) (lua_State *L, int sz, const char *msg);
LUALIB_API void (luaL_checktype) (lua_State *L, int narg, int t);
LUALIB_API void (luaL_checkany) (lua_State *L, int narg);
LUALIB_API int (luaL_newmetatable) (lua_State *L, const char *tname);
LUALIB_API void *(luaL_checkudata) (lua_State *L, int ud, const char *tname);
LUALIB_API void (luaL_where) (lua_State *L, int lvl);
LUALIB_API int (luaL_error) (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...);
LUALIB_API int (luaL_checkoption) (lua_State *L, int narg, const char *def,
const char *const lst[]);
LUALIB_API int (luaL_ref) (lua_State *L, int t);
LUALIB_API void (luaL_unref) (lua_State *L, int t, int ref);
LUALIB_API int (luaL_loadfile) (lua_State *L, const char *filename);
LUALIB_API int (luaL_loadbuffer) (lua_State *L, const char *buff, size_t sz,
const char *name);
LUALIB_API int (luaL_loadstring) (lua_State *L, const char *s);
LUALIB_API lua_State *(luaL_newstate) (void);
LUALIB_API const char *(luaL_gsub) (lua_State *L, const char *s, const char *p,
const char *r);
LUALIB_API const char *(luaL_findtable) (lua_State *L, int idx,
const char *fname, int szhint);
/* From Lua 5.2. */
LUALIB_API int luaL_fileresult(lua_State *L, int stat, const char *fname);
LUALIB_API int luaL_execresult(lua_State *L, int stat);
LUALIB_API int (luaL_loadfilex) (lua_State *L, const char *filename,
const char *mode);
LUALIB_API int (luaL_loadbufferx) (lua_State *L, const char *buff, size_t sz,
const char *name, const char *mode);
LUALIB_API void luaL_traceback (lua_State *L, lua_State *L1, const char *msg,
int level);
/*
** ===============================================================
** some useful macros
** ===============================================================
*/
#define luaL_argcheck(L, cond,numarg,extramsg) \
((void)((cond) || luaL_argerror(L, (numarg), (extramsg))))
#define luaL_checkstring(L,n) (luaL_checklstring(L, (n), NULL))
#define luaL_optstring(L,n,d) (luaL_optlstring(L, (n), (d), NULL))
#define luaL_checkint(L,n) ((int)luaL_checkinteger(L, (n)))
#define luaL_optint(L,n,d) ((int)luaL_optinteger(L, (n), (d)))
#define luaL_checklong(L,n) ((long)luaL_checkinteger(L, (n)))
#define luaL_optlong(L,n,d) ((long)luaL_optinteger(L, (n), (d)))
#define luaL_typename(L,i) lua_typename(L, lua_type(L,(i)))
#define luaL_dofile(L, fn) \
(luaL_loadfile(L, fn) || lua_pcall(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET, 0))
#define luaL_dostring(L, s) \
(luaL_loadstring(L, s) || lua_pcall(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET, 0))
#define luaL_getmetatable(L,n) (lua_getfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, (n)))
#define luaL_opt(L,f,n,d) (lua_isnoneornil(L,(n)) ? (d) : f(L,(n)))
/*
** {======================================================
** Generic Buffer manipulation
** =======================================================
*/
typedef struct luaL_Buffer {
char *p; /* current position in buffer */
int lvl; /* number of strings in the stack (level) */
lua_State *L;
char buffer[LUAL_BUFFERSIZE];
} luaL_Buffer;
#define luaL_addchar(B,c) \
((void)((B)->p < ((B)->buffer+LUAL_BUFFERSIZE) || luaL_prepbuffer(B)), \
(*(B)->p++ = (char)(c)))
/* compatibility only */
#define luaL_putchar(B,c) luaL_addchar(B,c)
#define luaL_addsize(B,n) ((B)->p += (n))
LUALIB_API void (luaL_buffinit) (lua_State *L, luaL_Buffer *B);
LUALIB_API char *(luaL_prepbuffer) (luaL_Buffer *B);
LUALIB_API void (luaL_addlstring) (luaL_Buffer *B, const char *s, size_t l);
LUALIB_API void (luaL_addstring) (luaL_Buffer *B, const char *s);
LUALIB_API void (luaL_addvalue) (luaL_Buffer *B);
LUALIB_API void (luaL_pushresult) (luaL_Buffer *B);
/* }====================================================== */
/* compatibility with ref system */
/* pre-defined references */
#define LUA_NOREF (-2)
#define LUA_REFNIL (-1)
#define lua_ref(L,lock) ((lock) ? luaL_ref(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX) : \
(lua_pushstring(L, "unlocked references are obsolete"), lua_error(L), 0))
#define lua_unref(L,ref) luaL_unref(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, (ref))
#define lua_getref(L,ref) lua_rawgeti(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, (ref))
#define luaL_reg luaL_Reg
#endif

View File

@ -1,393 +0,0 @@
/*
** $Id: lua.h,v 1.218.1.5 2008/08/06 13:30:12 roberto Exp $
** Lua - An Extensible Extension Language
** Lua.org, PUC-Rio, Brazil (http://www.lua.org)
** See Copyright Notice at the end of this file
*/
#ifndef lua_h
#define lua_h
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "luaconf.h"
#define LUA_VERSION "Lua 5.1"
#define LUA_RELEASE "Lua 5.1.4"
#define LUA_VERSION_NUM 501
#define LUA_COPYRIGHT "Copyright (C) 1994-2008 Lua.org, PUC-Rio"
#define LUA_AUTHORS "R. Ierusalimschy, L. H. de Figueiredo & W. Celes"
/* mark for precompiled code (`<esc>Lua') */
#define LUA_SIGNATURE "\033Lua"
/* option for multiple returns in `lua_pcall' and `lua_call' */
#define LUA_MULTRET (-1)
/*
** pseudo-indices
*/
#define LUA_REGISTRYINDEX (-10000)
#define LUA_ENVIRONINDEX (-10001)
#define LUA_GLOBALSINDEX (-10002)
#define lua_upvalueindex(i) (LUA_GLOBALSINDEX-(i))
/* thread status; 0 is OK */
#define LUA_YIELD 1
#define LUA_ERRRUN 2
#define LUA_ERRSYNTAX 3
#define LUA_ERRMEM 4
#define LUA_ERRERR 5
typedef struct lua_State lua_State;
typedef int (*lua_CFunction) (lua_State *L);
/*
** functions that read/write blocks when loading/dumping Lua chunks
*/
typedef const char * (*lua_Reader) (lua_State *L, void *ud, size_t *sz);
typedef int (*lua_Writer) (lua_State *L, const void* p, size_t sz, void* ud);
/*
** prototype for memory-allocation functions
*/
typedef void * (*lua_Alloc) (void *ud, void *ptr, size_t osize, size_t nsize);
/*
** basic types
*/
#define LUA_TNONE (-1)
#define LUA_TNIL 0
#define LUA_TBOOLEAN 1
#define LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA 2
#define LUA_TNUMBER 3
#define LUA_TSTRING 4
#define LUA_TTABLE 5
#define LUA_TFUNCTION 6
#define LUA_TUSERDATA 7
#define LUA_TTHREAD 8
/* minimum Lua stack available to a C function */
#define LUA_MINSTACK 20
/*
** generic extra include file
*/
#if defined(LUA_USER_H)
#include LUA_USER_H
#endif
/* type of numbers in Lua */
typedef LUA_NUMBER lua_Number;
/* type for integer functions */
typedef LUA_INTEGER lua_Integer;
/*
** state manipulation
*/
LUA_API lua_State *(lua_newstate) (lua_Alloc f, void *ud);
LUA_API void (lua_close) (lua_State *L);
LUA_API lua_State *(lua_newthread) (lua_State *L);
LUA_API lua_CFunction (lua_atpanic) (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction panicf);
/*
** basic stack manipulation
*/
LUA_API int (lua_gettop) (lua_State *L);
LUA_API void (lua_settop) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API void (lua_pushvalue) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API void (lua_remove) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API void (lua_insert) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API void (lua_replace) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API int (lua_checkstack) (lua_State *L, int sz);
LUA_API void (lua_xmove) (lua_State *from, lua_State *to, int n);
/*
** access functions (stack -> C)
*/
LUA_API int (lua_isnumber) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API int (lua_isstring) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API int (lua_iscfunction) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API int (lua_isuserdata) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API int (lua_type) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API const char *(lua_typename) (lua_State *L, int tp);
LUA_API int (lua_equal) (lua_State *L, int idx1, int idx2);
LUA_API int (lua_rawequal) (lua_State *L, int idx1, int idx2);
LUA_API int (lua_lessthan) (lua_State *L, int idx1, int idx2);
LUA_API lua_Number (lua_tonumber) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API lua_Integer (lua_tointeger) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API int (lua_toboolean) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API const char *(lua_tolstring) (lua_State *L, int idx, size_t *len);
LUA_API size_t (lua_objlen) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API lua_CFunction (lua_tocfunction) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API void *(lua_touserdata) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API lua_State *(lua_tothread) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API const void *(lua_topointer) (lua_State *L, int idx);
/*
** push functions (C -> stack)
*/
LUA_API void (lua_pushnil) (lua_State *L);
LUA_API void (lua_pushnumber) (lua_State *L, lua_Number n);
LUA_API void (lua_pushinteger) (lua_State *L, lua_Integer n);
LUA_API void (lua_pushlstring) (lua_State *L, const char *s, size_t l);
LUA_API void (lua_pushstring) (lua_State *L, const char *s);
LUA_API const char *(lua_pushvfstring) (lua_State *L, const char *fmt,
va_list argp);
LUA_API const char *(lua_pushfstring) (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...);
LUA_API void (lua_pushcclosure) (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction fn, int n);
LUA_API void (lua_pushboolean) (lua_State *L, int b);
LUA_API void (lua_pushlightuserdata) (lua_State *L, void *p);
LUA_API int (lua_pushthread) (lua_State *L);
/*
** get functions (Lua -> stack)
*/
LUA_API void (lua_gettable) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API void (lua_getfield) (lua_State *L, int idx, const char *k);
LUA_API void (lua_rawget) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API void (lua_rawgeti) (lua_State *L, int idx, int n);
LUA_API void (lua_createtable) (lua_State *L, int narr, int nrec);
LUA_API void *(lua_newuserdata) (lua_State *L, size_t sz);
LUA_API int (lua_getmetatable) (lua_State *L, int objindex);
LUA_API void (lua_getfenv) (lua_State *L, int idx);
/*
** set functions (stack -> Lua)
*/
LUA_API void (lua_settable) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API void (lua_setfield) (lua_State *L, int idx, const char *k);
LUA_API void (lua_rawset) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API void (lua_rawseti) (lua_State *L, int idx, int n);
LUA_API int (lua_setmetatable) (lua_State *L, int objindex);
LUA_API int (lua_setfenv) (lua_State *L, int idx);
/*
** `load' and `call' functions (load and run Lua code)
*/
LUA_API void (lua_call) (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults);
LUA_API int (lua_pcall) (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults, int errfunc);
LUA_API int (lua_cpcall) (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction func, void *ud);
LUA_API int (lua_load) (lua_State *L, lua_Reader reader, void *dt,
const char *chunkname);
LUA_API int (lua_dump) (lua_State *L, lua_Writer writer, void *data);
/*
** coroutine functions
*/
LUA_API int (lua_yield) (lua_State *L, int nresults);
LUA_API int (lua_resume) (lua_State *L, int narg);
LUA_API int (lua_status) (lua_State *L);
/*
** garbage-collection function and options
*/
#define LUA_GCSTOP 0
#define LUA_GCRESTART 1
#define LUA_GCCOLLECT 2
#define LUA_GCCOUNT 3
#define LUA_GCCOUNTB 4
#define LUA_GCSTEP 5
#define LUA_GCSETPAUSE 6
#define LUA_GCSETSTEPMUL 7
LUA_API int (lua_gc) (lua_State *L, int what, int data);
/*
** miscellaneous functions
*/
LUA_API int (lua_error) (lua_State *L);
LUA_API int (lua_next) (lua_State *L, int idx);
LUA_API void (lua_concat) (lua_State *L, int n);
LUA_API lua_Alloc (lua_getallocf) (lua_State *L, void **ud);
LUA_API void lua_setallocf (lua_State *L, lua_Alloc f, void *ud);
/*
** ===============================================================
** some useful macros
** ===============================================================
*/
#define lua_pop(L,n) lua_settop(L, -(n)-1)
#define lua_newtable(L) lua_createtable(L, 0, 0)
#define lua_register(L,n,f) (lua_pushcfunction(L, (f)), lua_setglobal(L, (n)))
#define lua_pushcfunction(L,f) lua_pushcclosure(L, (f), 0)
#define lua_strlen(L,i) lua_objlen(L, (i))
#define lua_isfunction(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TFUNCTION)
#define lua_istable(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TTABLE)
#define lua_islightuserdata(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA)
#define lua_isnil(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TNIL)
#define lua_isboolean(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TBOOLEAN)
#define lua_isthread(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TTHREAD)
#define lua_isnone(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TNONE)
#define lua_isnoneornil(L, n) (lua_type(L, (n)) <= 0)
#define lua_pushliteral(L, s) \
lua_pushlstring(L, "" s, (sizeof(s)/sizeof(char))-1)
#define lua_setglobal(L,s) lua_setfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, (s))
#define lua_getglobal(L,s) lua_getfield(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX, (s))
#define lua_tostring(L,i) lua_tolstring(L, (i), NULL)
/*
** compatibility macros and functions
*/
#define lua_open() luaL_newstate()
#define lua_getregistry(L) lua_pushvalue(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX)
#define lua_getgccount(L) lua_gc(L, LUA_GCCOUNT, 0)
#define lua_Chunkreader lua_Reader
#define lua_Chunkwriter lua_Writer
/* hack */
LUA_API void lua_setlevel (lua_State *from, lua_State *to);
/*
** {======================================================================
** Debug API
** =======================================================================
*/
/*
** Event codes
*/
#define LUA_HOOKCALL 0
#define LUA_HOOKRET 1
#define LUA_HOOKLINE 2
#define LUA_HOOKCOUNT 3
#define LUA_HOOKTAILRET 4
/*
** Event masks
*/
#define LUA_MASKCALL (1 << LUA_HOOKCALL)
#define LUA_MASKRET (1 << LUA_HOOKRET)
#define LUA_MASKLINE (1 << LUA_HOOKLINE)
#define LUA_MASKCOUNT (1 << LUA_HOOKCOUNT)
typedef struct lua_Debug lua_Debug; /* activation record */
/* Functions to be called by the debuger in specific events */
typedef void (*lua_Hook) (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar);
LUA_API int lua_getstack (lua_State *L, int level, lua_Debug *ar);
LUA_API int lua_getinfo (lua_State *L, const char *what, lua_Debug *ar);
LUA_API const char *lua_getlocal (lua_State *L, const lua_Debug *ar, int n);
LUA_API const char *lua_setlocal (lua_State *L, const lua_Debug *ar, int n);
LUA_API const char *lua_getupvalue (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n);
LUA_API const char *lua_setupvalue (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n);
LUA_API int lua_sethook (lua_State *L, lua_Hook func, int mask, int count);
LUA_API lua_Hook lua_gethook (lua_State *L);
LUA_API int lua_gethookmask (lua_State *L);
LUA_API int lua_gethookcount (lua_State *L);
/* From Lua 5.2. */
LUA_API void *lua_upvalueid (lua_State *L, int idx, int n);
LUA_API void lua_upvaluejoin (lua_State *L, int idx1, int n1, int idx2, int n2);
LUA_API int lua_loadx (lua_State *L, lua_Reader reader, void *dt,
const char *chunkname, const char *mode);
struct lua_Debug {
int event;
const char *name; /* (n) */
const char *namewhat; /* (n) `global', `local', `field', `method' */
const char *what; /* (S) `Lua', `C', `main', `tail' */
const char *source; /* (S) */
int currentline; /* (l) */
int nups; /* (u) number of upvalues */
int linedefined; /* (S) */
int lastlinedefined; /* (S) */
char short_src[LUA_IDSIZE]; /* (S) */
/* private part */
int i_ci; /* active function */
};
/* }====================================================================== */
/******************************************************************************
* Copyright (C) 1994-2008 Lua.org, PUC-Rio. All rights reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
* a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
* "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
* without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
* distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
* permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
* the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
* included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
* EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
* CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
* TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
* SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************************/
#endif

View File

@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
// C++ wrapper for LuaJIT header files.
extern "C" {
#include "lua.h"
#include "lauxlib.h"
#include "lualib.h"
#include "luajit.h"
}

View File

@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
/*
** Configuration header.
** Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Mike Pall. See Copyright Notice in luajit.h
*/
#ifndef luaconf_h
#define luaconf_h
#ifndef WINVER
#define WINVER 0x0501
#endif
#include <limits.h>
#include <stddef.h>
/* Default path for loading Lua and C modules with require(). */
#if defined(_WIN32)
/*
** In Windows, any exclamation mark ('!') in the path is replaced by the
** path of the directory of the executable file of the current process.
*/
#define LUA_LDIR "!\\lua\\"
#define LUA_CDIR "!\\"
#define LUA_PATH_DEFAULT \
".\\?.lua;" LUA_LDIR"?.lua;" LUA_LDIR"?\\init.lua;"
#define LUA_CPATH_DEFAULT \
".\\?.dll;" LUA_CDIR"?.dll;" LUA_CDIR"loadall.dll"
#else
/*
** Note to distribution maintainers: do NOT patch the following lines!
** Please read ../doc/install.html#distro and pass PREFIX=/usr instead.
*/
#ifndef LUA_MULTILIB
#define LUA_MULTILIB "lib"
#endif
#ifndef LUA_LMULTILIB
#define LUA_LMULTILIB "lib"
#endif
#define LUA_LROOT "/usr/local"
#define LUA_LUADIR "/lua/5.1/"
#define LUA_LJDIR "/luajit-2.0.4/"
#ifdef LUA_ROOT
#define LUA_JROOT LUA_ROOT
#define LUA_RLDIR LUA_ROOT "/share" LUA_LUADIR
#define LUA_RCDIR LUA_ROOT "/" LUA_MULTILIB LUA_LUADIR
#define LUA_RLPATH ";" LUA_RLDIR "?.lua;" LUA_RLDIR "?/init.lua"
#define LUA_RCPATH ";" LUA_RCDIR "?.so"
#else
#define LUA_JROOT LUA_LROOT
#define LUA_RLPATH
#define LUA_RCPATH
#endif
#define LUA_JPATH ";" LUA_JROOT "/share" LUA_LJDIR "?.lua"
#define LUA_LLDIR LUA_LROOT "/share" LUA_LUADIR
#define LUA_LCDIR LUA_LROOT "/" LUA_LMULTILIB LUA_LUADIR
#define LUA_LLPATH ";" LUA_LLDIR "?.lua;" LUA_LLDIR "?/init.lua"
#define LUA_LCPATH1 ";" LUA_LCDIR "?.so"
#define LUA_LCPATH2 ";" LUA_LCDIR "loadall.so"
#define LUA_PATH_DEFAULT "./?.lua" LUA_JPATH LUA_LLPATH LUA_RLPATH
#define LUA_CPATH_DEFAULT "./?.so" LUA_LCPATH1 LUA_RCPATH LUA_LCPATH2
#endif
/* Environment variable names for path overrides and initialization code. */
#define LUA_PATH "LUA_PATH"
#define LUA_CPATH "LUA_CPATH"
#define LUA_INIT "LUA_INIT"
/* Special file system characters. */
#if defined(_WIN32)
#define LUA_DIRSEP "\\"
#else
#define LUA_DIRSEP "/"
#endif
#define LUA_PATHSEP ";"
#define LUA_PATH_MARK "?"
#define LUA_EXECDIR "!"
#define LUA_IGMARK "-"
#define LUA_PATH_CONFIG \
LUA_DIRSEP "\n" LUA_PATHSEP "\n" LUA_PATH_MARK "\n" \
LUA_EXECDIR "\n" LUA_IGMARK
/* Quoting in error messages. */
#define LUA_QL(x) "'" x "'"
#define LUA_QS LUA_QL("%s")
/* Various tunables. */
#define LUAI_MAXSTACK 65500 /* Max. # of stack slots for a thread (<64K). */
#define LUAI_MAXCSTACK 8000 /* Max. # of stack slots for a C func (<10K). */
#define LUAI_GCPAUSE 200 /* Pause GC until memory is at 200%. */
#define LUAI_GCMUL 200 /* Run GC at 200% of allocation speed. */
#define LUA_MAXCAPTURES 32 /* Max. pattern captures. */
/* Compatibility with older library function names. */
#define LUA_COMPAT_MOD /* OLD: math.mod, NEW: math.fmod */
#define LUA_COMPAT_GFIND /* OLD: string.gfind, NEW: string.gmatch */
/* Configuration for the frontend (the luajit executable). */
#if defined(luajit_c)
#define LUA_PROGNAME "luajit" /* Fallback frontend name. */
#define LUA_PROMPT "> " /* Interactive prompt. */
#define LUA_PROMPT2 ">> " /* Continuation prompt. */
#define LUA_MAXINPUT 512 /* Max. input line length. */
#endif
/* Note: changing the following defines breaks the Lua 5.1 ABI. */
#define LUA_INTEGER ptrdiff_t
#define LUA_IDSIZE 60 /* Size of lua_Debug.short_src. */
/*
** Size of lauxlib and io.* on-stack buffers. Weird workaround to avoid using
** unreasonable amounts of stack space, but still retain ABI compatibility.
** Blame Lua for depending on BUFSIZ in the ABI, blame **** for wrecking it.
*/
#define LUAL_BUFFERSIZE (BUFSIZ > 16384 ? 8192 : BUFSIZ)
/* The following defines are here only for compatibility with luaconf.h
** from the standard Lua distribution. They must not be changed for LuaJIT.
*/
#define LUA_NUMBER_DOUBLE
#define LUA_NUMBER double
#define LUAI_UACNUMBER double
#define LUA_NUMBER_SCAN "%lf"
#define LUA_NUMBER_FMT "%.14g"
#define lua_number2str(s, n) sprintf((s), LUA_NUMBER_FMT, (n))
#define LUAI_MAXNUMBER2STR 32
#define LUA_INTFRMLEN "l"
#define LUA_INTFRM_T long
/* Linkage of public API functions. */
#if defined(LUA_BUILD_AS_DLL)
#if defined(LUA_CORE) || defined(LUA_LIB)
#define LUA_API __declspec(dllexport)
#else
#define LUA_API __declspec(dllimport)
#endif
#else
#define LUA_API extern
#endif
#define LUALIB_API LUA_API
/* Support for internal assertions. */
#if defined(LUA_USE_ASSERT) || defined(LUA_USE_APICHECK)
#include <assert.h>
#endif
#ifdef LUA_USE_ASSERT
#define lua_assert(x) assert(x)
#endif
#ifdef LUA_USE_APICHECK
#define luai_apicheck(L, o) { (void)L; assert(o); }
#else
#define luai_apicheck(L, o) { (void)L; }
#endif
#endif

View File

@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
/*
** LuaJIT -- a Just-In-Time Compiler for Lua. http://luajit.org/
**
** Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Mike Pall. All rights reserved.
**
** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
** a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
** "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
** permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
** the following conditions:
**
** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
**
** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
** SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
**
** [ MIT license: http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php ]
*/
#ifndef _LUAJIT_H
#define _LUAJIT_H
#include "lua.h"
#define LUAJIT_VERSION "LuaJIT 2.0.4"
#define LUAJIT_VERSION_NUM 20004 /* Version 2.0.4 = 02.00.04. */
#define LUAJIT_VERSION_SYM luaJIT_version_2_0_4
#define LUAJIT_COPYRIGHT "Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Mike Pall"
#define LUAJIT_URL "http://luajit.org/"
/* Modes for luaJIT_setmode. */
#define LUAJIT_MODE_MASK 0x00ff
enum {
LUAJIT_MODE_ENGINE, /* Set mode for whole JIT engine. */
LUAJIT_MODE_DEBUG, /* Set debug mode (idx = level). */
LUAJIT_MODE_FUNC, /* Change mode for a function. */
LUAJIT_MODE_ALLFUNC, /* Recurse into subroutine protos. */
LUAJIT_MODE_ALLSUBFUNC, /* Change only the subroutines. */
LUAJIT_MODE_TRACE, /* Flush a compiled trace. */
LUAJIT_MODE_WRAPCFUNC = 0x10, /* Set wrapper mode for C function calls. */
LUAJIT_MODE_MAX
};
/* Flags or'ed in to the mode. */
#define LUAJIT_MODE_OFF 0x0000 /* Turn feature off. */
#define LUAJIT_MODE_ON 0x0100 /* Turn feature on. */
#define LUAJIT_MODE_FLUSH 0x0200 /* Flush JIT-compiled code. */
/* LuaJIT public C API. */
/* Control the JIT engine. */
LUA_API int luaJIT_setmode(lua_State *L, int idx, int mode);
/* Enforce (dynamic) linker error for version mismatches. Call from main. */
LUA_API void LUAJIT_VERSION_SYM(void);
#endif

View File

@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
/*
** Standard library header.
** Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Mike Pall. See Copyright Notice in luajit.h
*/
#ifndef _LUALIB_H
#define _LUALIB_H
#include "lua.h"
#define LUA_FILEHANDLE "FILE*"
#define LUA_COLIBNAME "coroutine"
#define LUA_MATHLIBNAME "math"
#define LUA_STRLIBNAME "string"
#define LUA_TABLIBNAME "table"
#define LUA_IOLIBNAME "io"
#define LUA_OSLIBNAME "os"
#define LUA_LOADLIBNAME "package"
#define LUA_DBLIBNAME "debug"
#define LUA_BITLIBNAME "bit"
#define LUA_JITLIBNAME "jit"
#define LUA_FFILIBNAME "ffi"
LUALIB_API int luaopen_base(lua_State *L);
LUALIB_API int luaopen_math(lua_State *L);
LUALIB_API int luaopen_string(lua_State *L);
LUALIB_API int luaopen_table(lua_State *L);
LUALIB_API int luaopen_io(lua_State *L);
LUALIB_API int luaopen_os(lua_State *L);
LUALIB_API int luaopen_package(lua_State *L);
LUALIB_API int luaopen_debug(lua_State *L);
LUALIB_API int luaopen_bit(lua_State *L);
LUALIB_API int luaopen_jit(lua_State *L);
LUALIB_API int luaopen_ffi(lua_State *L);
LUALIB_API void luaL_openlibs(lua_State *L);
#ifndef lua_assert
#define lua_assert(x) ((void)0)
#endif
#endif

View File

@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
/********************************************************************
* *
* THIS FILE IS PART OF THE OggVorbis SOFTWARE CODEC SOURCE CODE. *
* USE, DISTRIBUTION AND REPRODUCTION OF THIS LIBRARY SOURCE IS *
* GOVERNED BY A BSD-STYLE SOURCE LICENSE INCLUDED WITH THIS SOURCE *
* IN 'COPYING'. PLEASE READ THESE TERMS BEFORE DISTRIBUTING. *
* *
* THE OggVorbis SOURCE CODE IS (C) COPYRIGHT 1994-2007 *
* by the Xiph.Org Foundation http://www.xiph.org/ *
* *
********************************************************************
function: toplevel libogg include
last mod: $Id: ogg.h 18044 2011-08-01 17:55:20Z gmaxwell $
********************************************************************/
#ifndef _OGG_H
#define _OGG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <ogg/os_types.h>
typedef struct {
void *iov_base;
size_t iov_len;
} ogg_iovec_t;
typedef struct {
long endbyte;
int endbit;
unsigned char *buffer;
unsigned char *ptr;
long storage;
} oggpack_buffer;
/* ogg_page is used to encapsulate the data in one Ogg bitstream page *****/
typedef struct {
unsigned char *header;
long header_len;
unsigned char *body;
long body_len;
} ogg_page;
/* ogg_stream_state contains the current encode/decode state of a logical
Ogg bitstream **********************************************************/
typedef struct {
unsigned char *body_data; /* bytes from packet bodies */
long body_storage; /* storage elements allocated */
long body_fill; /* elements stored; fill mark */
long body_returned; /* elements of fill returned */
int *lacing_vals; /* The values that will go to the segment table */
ogg_int64_t *granule_vals; /* granulepos values for headers. Not compact
this way, but it is simple coupled to the
lacing fifo */
long lacing_storage;
long lacing_fill;
long lacing_packet;
long lacing_returned;
unsigned char header[282]; /* working space for header encode */
int header_fill;
int e_o_s; /* set when we have buffered the last packet in the
logical bitstream */
int b_o_s; /* set after we've written the initial page
of a logical bitstream */
long serialno;
long pageno;
ogg_int64_t packetno; /* sequence number for decode; the framing
knows where there's a hole in the data,
but we need coupling so that the codec
(which is in a separate abstraction
layer) also knows about the gap */
ogg_int64_t granulepos;
} ogg_stream_state;
/* ogg_packet is used to encapsulate the data and metadata belonging
to a single raw Ogg/Vorbis packet *************************************/
typedef struct {
unsigned char *packet;
long bytes;
long b_o_s;
long e_o_s;
ogg_int64_t granulepos;
ogg_int64_t packetno; /* sequence number for decode; the framing
knows where there's a hole in the data,
but we need coupling so that the codec
(which is in a separate abstraction
layer) also knows about the gap */
} ogg_packet;
typedef struct {
unsigned char *data;
int storage;
int fill;
int returned;
int unsynced;
int headerbytes;
int bodybytes;
} ogg_sync_state;
/* Ogg BITSTREAM PRIMITIVES: bitstream ************************/
extern void oggpack_writeinit(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern int oggpack_writecheck(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern void oggpack_writetrunc(oggpack_buffer *b,long bits);
extern void oggpack_writealign(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern void oggpack_writecopy(oggpack_buffer *b,void *source,long bits);
extern void oggpack_reset(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern void oggpack_writeclear(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern void oggpack_readinit(oggpack_buffer *b,unsigned char *buf,int bytes);
extern void oggpack_write(oggpack_buffer *b,unsigned long value,int bits);
extern long oggpack_look(oggpack_buffer *b,int bits);
extern long oggpack_look1(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern void oggpack_adv(oggpack_buffer *b,int bits);
extern void oggpack_adv1(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern long oggpack_read(oggpack_buffer *b,int bits);
extern long oggpack_read1(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern long oggpack_bytes(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern long oggpack_bits(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern unsigned char *oggpack_get_buffer(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern void oggpackB_writeinit(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern int oggpackB_writecheck(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern void oggpackB_writetrunc(oggpack_buffer *b,long bits);
extern void oggpackB_writealign(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern void oggpackB_writecopy(oggpack_buffer *b,void *source,long bits);
extern void oggpackB_reset(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern void oggpackB_writeclear(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern void oggpackB_readinit(oggpack_buffer *b,unsigned char *buf,int bytes);
extern void oggpackB_write(oggpack_buffer *b,unsigned long value,int bits);
extern long oggpackB_look(oggpack_buffer *b,int bits);
extern long oggpackB_look1(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern void oggpackB_adv(oggpack_buffer *b,int bits);
extern void oggpackB_adv1(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern long oggpackB_read(oggpack_buffer *b,int bits);
extern long oggpackB_read1(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern long oggpackB_bytes(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern long oggpackB_bits(oggpack_buffer *b);
extern unsigned char *oggpackB_get_buffer(oggpack_buffer *b);
/* Ogg BITSTREAM PRIMITIVES: encoding **************************/
extern int ogg_stream_packetin(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_packet *op);
extern int ogg_stream_iovecin(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_iovec_t *iov,
int count, long e_o_s, ogg_int64_t granulepos);
extern int ogg_stream_pageout(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_page *og);
extern int ogg_stream_pageout_fill(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_page *og, int nfill);
extern int ogg_stream_flush(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_page *og);
extern int ogg_stream_flush_fill(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_page *og, int nfill);
/* Ogg BITSTREAM PRIMITIVES: decoding **************************/
extern int ogg_sync_init(ogg_sync_state *oy);
extern int ogg_sync_clear(ogg_sync_state *oy);
extern int ogg_sync_reset(ogg_sync_state *oy);
extern int ogg_sync_destroy(ogg_sync_state *oy);
extern int ogg_sync_check(ogg_sync_state *oy);
extern char *ogg_sync_buffer(ogg_sync_state *oy, long size);
extern int ogg_sync_wrote(ogg_sync_state *oy, long bytes);
extern long ogg_sync_pageseek(ogg_sync_state *oy,ogg_page *og);
extern int ogg_sync_pageout(ogg_sync_state *oy, ogg_page *og);
extern int ogg_stream_pagein(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_page *og);
extern int ogg_stream_packetout(ogg_stream_state *os,ogg_packet *op);
extern int ogg_stream_packetpeek(ogg_stream_state *os,ogg_packet *op);
/* Ogg BITSTREAM PRIMITIVES: general ***************************/
extern int ogg_stream_init(ogg_stream_state *os,int serialno);
extern int ogg_stream_clear(ogg_stream_state *os);
extern int ogg_stream_reset(ogg_stream_state *os);
extern int ogg_stream_reset_serialno(ogg_stream_state *os,int serialno);
extern int ogg_stream_destroy(ogg_stream_state *os);
extern int ogg_stream_check(ogg_stream_state *os);
extern int ogg_stream_eos(ogg_stream_state *os);
extern void ogg_page_checksum_set(ogg_page *og);
extern int ogg_page_version(const ogg_page *og);
extern int ogg_page_continued(const ogg_page *og);
extern int ogg_page_bos(const ogg_page *og);
extern int ogg_page_eos(const ogg_page *og);
extern ogg_int64_t ogg_page_granulepos(const ogg_page *og);
extern int ogg_page_serialno(const ogg_page *og);
extern long ogg_page_pageno(const ogg_page *og);
extern int ogg_page_packets(const ogg_page *og);
extern void ogg_packet_clear(ogg_packet *op);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _OGG_H */

View File

@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
/********************************************************************
* *
* THIS FILE IS PART OF THE OggVorbis SOFTWARE CODEC SOURCE CODE. *
* USE, DISTRIBUTION AND REPRODUCTION OF THIS LIBRARY SOURCE IS *
* GOVERNED BY A BSD-STYLE SOURCE LICENSE INCLUDED WITH THIS SOURCE *
* IN 'COPYING'. PLEASE READ THESE TERMS BEFORE DISTRIBUTING. *
* *
* THE OggVorbis SOURCE CODE IS (C) COPYRIGHT 1994-2002 *
* by the Xiph.Org Foundation http://www.xiph.org/ *
* *
********************************************************************
function: #ifdef jail to whip a few platforms into the UNIX ideal.
last mod: $Id: os_types.h 19098 2014-02-26 19:06:45Z giles $
********************************************************************/
#ifndef _OS_TYPES_H
#define _OS_TYPES_H
/* make it easy on the folks that want to compile the libs with a
different malloc than stdlib */
#define _ogg_malloc malloc
#define _ogg_calloc calloc
#define _ogg_realloc realloc
#define _ogg_free free
#if defined(_WIN32)
# if defined(__CYGWIN__)
# include <stdint.h>
typedef int16_t ogg_int16_t;
typedef uint16_t ogg_uint16_t;
typedef int32_t ogg_int32_t;
typedef uint32_t ogg_uint32_t;
typedef int64_t ogg_int64_t;
typedef uint64_t ogg_uint64_t;
# elif defined(__MINGW32__)
# include <sys/types.h>
typedef short ogg_int16_t;
typedef unsigned short ogg_uint16_t;
typedef int ogg_int32_t;
typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
typedef long long ogg_int64_t;
typedef unsigned long long ogg_uint64_t;
# elif defined(__MWERKS__)
typedef long long ogg_int64_t;
typedef int ogg_int32_t;
typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
typedef short ogg_int16_t;
typedef unsigned short ogg_uint16_t;
# else
/* MSVC/Borland */
typedef __int64 ogg_int64_t;
typedef __int32 ogg_int32_t;
typedef unsigned __int32 ogg_uint32_t;
typedef __int16 ogg_int16_t;
typedef unsigned __int16 ogg_uint16_t;
# endif
#elif defined(__MACOS__)
# include <sys/types.h>
typedef SInt16 ogg_int16_t;
typedef UInt16 ogg_uint16_t;
typedef SInt32 ogg_int32_t;
typedef UInt32 ogg_uint32_t;
typedef SInt64 ogg_int64_t;
#elif (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) /* MacOS X Framework build */
# include <inttypes.h>
typedef int16_t ogg_int16_t;
typedef uint16_t ogg_uint16_t;
typedef int32_t ogg_int32_t;
typedef uint32_t ogg_uint32_t;
typedef int64_t ogg_int64_t;
#elif defined(__HAIKU__)
/* Haiku */
# include <sys/types.h>
typedef short ogg_int16_t;
typedef unsigned short ogg_uint16_t;
typedef int ogg_int32_t;
typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
typedef long long ogg_int64_t;
#elif defined(__BEOS__)
/* Be */
# include <inttypes.h>
typedef int16_t ogg_int16_t;
typedef uint16_t ogg_uint16_t;
typedef int32_t ogg_int32_t;
typedef uint32_t ogg_uint32_t;
typedef int64_t ogg_int64_t;
#elif defined (__EMX__)
/* OS/2 GCC */
typedef short ogg_int16_t;
typedef unsigned short ogg_uint16_t;
typedef int ogg_int32_t;
typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
typedef long long ogg_int64_t;
#elif defined (DJGPP)
/* DJGPP */
typedef short ogg_int16_t;
typedef int ogg_int32_t;
typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
typedef long long ogg_int64_t;
#elif defined(R5900)
/* PS2 EE */
typedef long ogg_int64_t;
typedef int ogg_int32_t;
typedef unsigned ogg_uint32_t;
typedef short ogg_int16_t;
#elif defined(__SYMBIAN32__)
/* Symbian GCC */
typedef signed short ogg_int16_t;
typedef unsigned short ogg_uint16_t;
typedef signed int ogg_int32_t;
typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
typedef long long int ogg_int64_t;
#elif defined(__TMS320C6X__)
/* TI C64x compiler */
typedef signed short ogg_int16_t;
typedef unsigned short ogg_uint16_t;
typedef signed int ogg_int32_t;
typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
typedef long long int ogg_int64_t;
#else
# include <ogg/config_types.h>
#endif
#endif /* _OS_TYPES_H */

View File

@ -1,656 +0,0 @@
#ifndef AL_AL_H
#define AL_AL_H
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifndef AL_API
#if defined(AL_LIBTYPE_STATIC)
#define AL_API
#elif defined(_WIN32)
#define AL_API __declspec(dllimport)
#else
#define AL_API extern
#endif
#endif
#if defined(_WIN32)
#define AL_APIENTRY __cdecl
#else
#define AL_APIENTRY
#endif
/** Deprecated macro. */
#define OPENAL
#define ALAPI AL_API
#define ALAPIENTRY AL_APIENTRY
#define AL_INVALID (-1)
#define AL_ILLEGAL_ENUM AL_INVALID_ENUM
#define AL_ILLEGAL_COMMAND AL_INVALID_OPERATION
/** Supported AL version. */
#define AL_VERSION_1_0
#define AL_VERSION_1_1
/** 8-bit boolean */
typedef char ALboolean;
/** character */
typedef char ALchar;
/** signed 8-bit 2's complement integer */
typedef signed char ALbyte;
/** unsigned 8-bit integer */
typedef unsigned char ALubyte;
/** signed 16-bit 2's complement integer */
typedef short ALshort;
/** unsigned 16-bit integer */
typedef unsigned short ALushort;
/** signed 32-bit 2's complement integer */
typedef int ALint;
/** unsigned 32-bit integer */
typedef unsigned int ALuint;
/** non-negative 32-bit binary integer size */
typedef int ALsizei;
/** enumerated 32-bit value */
typedef int ALenum;
/** 32-bit IEEE754 floating-point */
typedef float ALfloat;
/** 64-bit IEEE754 floating-point */
typedef double ALdouble;
/** void type (for opaque pointers only) */
typedef void ALvoid;
/* Enumerant values begin at column 50. No tabs. */
/** "no distance model" or "no buffer" */
#define AL_NONE 0
/** Boolean False. */
#define AL_FALSE 0
/** Boolean True. */
#define AL_TRUE 1
/**
* Relative source.
* Type: ALboolean
* Range: [AL_TRUE, AL_FALSE]
* Default: AL_FALSE
*
* Specifies if the Source has relative coordinates.
*/
#define AL_SOURCE_RELATIVE 0x202
/**
* Inner cone angle, in degrees.
* Type: ALint, ALfloat
* Range: [0 - 360]
* Default: 360
*
* The angle covered by the inner cone, where the source will not attenuate.
*/
#define AL_CONE_INNER_ANGLE 0x1001
/**
* Outer cone angle, in degrees.
* Range: [0 - 360]
* Default: 360
*
* The angle covered by the outer cone, where the source will be fully
* attenuated.
*/
#define AL_CONE_OUTER_ANGLE 0x1002
/**
* Source pitch.
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: [0.5 - 2.0]
* Default: 1.0
*
* A multiplier for the frequency (sample rate) of the source's buffer.
*/
#define AL_PITCH 0x1003
/**
* Source or listener position.
* Type: ALfloat[3], ALint[3]
* Default: {0, 0, 0}
*
* The source or listener location in three dimensional space.
*
* OpenAL, like OpenGL, uses a right handed coordinate system, where in a
* frontal default view X (thumb) points right, Y points up (index finger), and
* Z points towards the viewer/camera (middle finger).
*
* To switch from a left handed coordinate system, flip the sign on the Z
* coordinate.
*/
#define AL_POSITION 0x1004
/**
* Source direction.
* Type: ALfloat[3], ALint[3]
* Default: {0, 0, 0}
*
* Specifies the current direction in local space.
* A zero-length vector specifies an omni-directional source (cone is ignored).
*/
#define AL_DIRECTION 0x1005
/**
* Source or listener velocity.
* Type: ALfloat[3], ALint[3]
* Default: {0, 0, 0}
*
* Specifies the current velocity in local space.
*/
#define AL_VELOCITY 0x1006
/**
* Source looping.
* Type: ALboolean
* Range: [AL_TRUE, AL_FALSE]
* Default: AL_FALSE
*
* Specifies whether source is looping.
*/
#define AL_LOOPING 0x1007
/**
* Source buffer.
* Type: ALuint
* Range: any valid Buffer.
*
* Specifies the buffer to provide sound samples.
*/
#define AL_BUFFER 0x1009
/**
* Source or listener gain.
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: [0.0 - ]
*
* A value of 1.0 means unattenuated. Each division by 2 equals an attenuation
* of about -6dB. Each multiplicaton by 2 equals an amplification of about
* +6dB.
*
* A value of 0.0 is meaningless with respect to a logarithmic scale; it is
* silent.
*/
#define AL_GAIN 0x100A
/**
* Minimum source gain.
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: [0.0 - 1.0]
*
* The minimum gain allowed for a source, after distance and cone attenation is
* applied (if applicable).
*/
#define AL_MIN_GAIN 0x100D
/**
* Maximum source gain.
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: [0.0 - 1.0]
*
* The maximum gain allowed for a source, after distance and cone attenation is
* applied (if applicable).
*/
#define AL_MAX_GAIN 0x100E
/**
* Listener orientation.
* Type: ALfloat[6]
* Default: {0.0, 0.0, -1.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0}
*
* Effectively two three dimensional vectors. The first vector is the front (or
* "at") and the second is the top (or "up").
*
* Both vectors are in local space.
*/
#define AL_ORIENTATION 0x100F
/**
* Source state (query only).
* Type: ALint
* Range: [AL_INITIAL, AL_PLAYING, AL_PAUSED, AL_STOPPED]
*/
#define AL_SOURCE_STATE 0x1010
/** Source state value. */
#define AL_INITIAL 0x1011
#define AL_PLAYING 0x1012
#define AL_PAUSED 0x1013
#define AL_STOPPED 0x1014
/**
* Source Buffer Queue size (query only).
* Type: ALint
*
* The number of buffers queued using alSourceQueueBuffers, minus the buffers
* removed with alSourceUnqueueBuffers.
*/
#define AL_BUFFERS_QUEUED 0x1015
/**
* Source Buffer Queue processed count (query only).
* Type: ALint
*
* The number of queued buffers that have been fully processed, and can be
* removed with alSourceUnqueueBuffers.
*
* Looping sources will never fully process buffers because they will be set to
* play again for when the source loops.
*/
#define AL_BUFFERS_PROCESSED 0x1016
/**
* Source reference distance.
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: [0.0 - ]
* Default: 1.0
*
* The distance in units that no attenuation occurs.
*
* At 0.0, no distance attenuation ever occurs on non-linear attenuation models.
*/
#define AL_REFERENCE_DISTANCE 0x1020
/**
* Source rolloff factor.
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: [0.0 - ]
* Default: 1.0
*
* Multiplier to exaggerate or diminish distance attenuation.
*
* At 0.0, no distance attenuation ever occurs.
*/
#define AL_ROLLOFF_FACTOR 0x1021
/**
* Outer cone gain.
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: [0.0 - 1.0]
* Default: 0.0
*
* The gain attenuation applied when the listener is outside of the source's
* outer cone.
*/
#define AL_CONE_OUTER_GAIN 0x1022
/**
* Source maximum distance.
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: [0.0 - ]
* Default: +inf
*
* The distance above which the source is not attenuated any further with a
* clamped distance model, or where attenuation reaches 0.0 gain for linear
* distance models with a default rolloff factor.
*/
#define AL_MAX_DISTANCE 0x1023
/** Source buffer position, in seconds */
#define AL_SEC_OFFSET 0x1024
/** Source buffer position, in sample frames */
#define AL_SAMPLE_OFFSET 0x1025
/** Source buffer position, in bytes */
#define AL_BYTE_OFFSET 0x1026
/**
* Source type (query only).
* Type: ALint
* Range: [AL_STATIC, AL_STREAMING, AL_UNDETERMINED]
*
* A Source is Static if a Buffer has been attached using AL_BUFFER.
*
* A Source is Streaming if one or more Buffers have been attached using
* alSourceQueueBuffers.
*
* A Source is Undetermined when it has the NULL buffer attached using
* AL_BUFFER.
*/
#define AL_SOURCE_TYPE 0x1027
/** Source type value. */
#define AL_STATIC 0x1028
#define AL_STREAMING 0x1029
#define AL_UNDETERMINED 0x1030
/** Buffer format specifier. */
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO8 0x1100
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO16 0x1101
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO8 0x1102
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO16 0x1103
/** Buffer frequency (query only). */
#define AL_FREQUENCY 0x2001
/** Buffer bits per sample (query only). */
#define AL_BITS 0x2002
/** Buffer channel count (query only). */
#define AL_CHANNELS 0x2003
/** Buffer data size (query only). */
#define AL_SIZE 0x2004
/**
* Buffer state.
*
* Not for public use.
*/
#define AL_UNUSED 0x2010
#define AL_PENDING 0x2011
#define AL_PROCESSED 0x2012
/** No error. */
#define AL_NO_ERROR 0
/** Invalid name paramater passed to AL call. */
#define AL_INVALID_NAME 0xA001
/** Invalid enum parameter passed to AL call. */
#define AL_INVALID_ENUM 0xA002
/** Invalid value parameter passed to AL call. */
#define AL_INVALID_VALUE 0xA003
/** Illegal AL call. */
#define AL_INVALID_OPERATION 0xA004
/** Not enough memory. */
#define AL_OUT_OF_MEMORY 0xA005
/** Context string: Vendor ID. */
#define AL_VENDOR 0xB001
/** Context string: Version. */
#define AL_VERSION 0xB002
/** Context string: Renderer ID. */
#define AL_RENDERER 0xB003
/** Context string: Space-separated extension list. */
#define AL_EXTENSIONS 0xB004
/**
* Doppler scale.
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: [0.0 - ]
* Default: 1.0
*
* Scale for source and listener velocities.
*/
#define AL_DOPPLER_FACTOR 0xC000
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDopplerFactor(ALfloat value);
/**
* Doppler velocity (deprecated).
*
* A multiplier applied to the Speed of Sound.
*/
#define AL_DOPPLER_VELOCITY 0xC001
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDopplerVelocity(ALfloat value);
/**
* Speed of Sound, in units per second.
* Type: ALfloat
* Range: [0.0001 - ]
* Default: 343.3
*
* The speed at which sound waves are assumed to travel, when calculating the
* doppler effect.
*/
#define AL_SPEED_OF_SOUND 0xC003
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSpeedOfSound(ALfloat value);
/**
* Distance attenuation model.
* Type: ALint
* Range: [AL_NONE, AL_INVERSE_DISTANCE, AL_INVERSE_DISTANCE_CLAMPED,
* AL_LINEAR_DISTANCE, AL_LINEAR_DISTANCE_CLAMPED,
* AL_EXPONENT_DISTANCE, AL_EXPONENT_DISTANCE_CLAMPED]
* Default: AL_INVERSE_DISTANCE_CLAMPED
*
* The model by which sources attenuate with distance.
*
* None - No distance attenuation.
* Inverse - Doubling the distance halves the source gain.
* Linear - Linear gain scaling between the reference and max distances.
* Exponent - Exponential gain dropoff.
*
* Clamped variations work like the non-clamped counterparts, except the
* distance calculated is clamped between the reference and max distances.
*/
#define AL_DISTANCE_MODEL 0xD000
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDistanceModel(ALenum distanceModel);
/** Distance model value. */
#define AL_INVERSE_DISTANCE 0xD001
#define AL_INVERSE_DISTANCE_CLAMPED 0xD002
#define AL_LINEAR_DISTANCE 0xD003
#define AL_LINEAR_DISTANCE_CLAMPED 0xD004
#define AL_EXPONENT_DISTANCE 0xD005
#define AL_EXPONENT_DISTANCE_CLAMPED 0xD006
/** Renderer State management. */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alEnable(ALenum capability);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDisable(ALenum capability);
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsEnabled(ALenum capability);
/** State retrieval. */
AL_API const ALchar* AL_APIENTRY alGetString(ALenum param);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBooleanv(ALenum param, ALboolean *values);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetIntegerv(ALenum param, ALint *values);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetFloatv(ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetDoublev(ALenum param, ALdouble *values);
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alGetBoolean(ALenum param);
AL_API ALint AL_APIENTRY alGetInteger(ALenum param);
AL_API ALfloat AL_APIENTRY alGetFloat(ALenum param);
AL_API ALdouble AL_APIENTRY alGetDouble(ALenum param);
/**
* Error retrieval.
*
* Obtain the first error generated in the AL context since the last check.
*/
AL_API ALenum AL_APIENTRY alGetError(void);
/**
* Extension support.
*
* Query for the presence of an extension, and obtain any appropriate function
* pointers and enum values.
*/
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsExtensionPresent(const ALchar *extname);
AL_API void* AL_APIENTRY alGetProcAddress(const ALchar *fname);
AL_API ALenum AL_APIENTRY alGetEnumValue(const ALchar *ename);
/** Set Listener parameters */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alListenerf(ALenum param, ALfloat value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alListener3f(ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alListenerfv(ALenum param, const ALfloat *values);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alListeneri(ALenum param, ALint value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alListener3i(ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alListeneriv(ALenum param, const ALint *values);
/** Get Listener parameters */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetListenerf(ALenum param, ALfloat *value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetListener3f(ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetListenerfv(ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetListeneri(ALenum param, ALint *value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetListener3i(ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetListeneriv(ALenum param, ALint *values);
/** Create Source objects. */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGenSources(ALsizei n, ALuint *sources);
/** Delete Source objects. */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDeleteSources(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
/** Verify a handle is a valid Source. */
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsSource(ALuint source);
/** Set Source parameters. */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcef(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSource3f(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcefv(ALuint source, ALenum param, const ALfloat *values);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcei(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSource3i(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceiv(ALuint source, ALenum param, const ALint *values);
/** Get Source parameters. */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcef(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat *value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSource3f(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcefv(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcei(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint *value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSource3i(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourceiv(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint *values);
/** Play, replay, or resume (if paused) a list of Sources */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcePlayv(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
/** Stop a list of Sources */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceStopv(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
/** Rewind a list of Sources */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceRewindv(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
/** Pause a list of Sources */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcePausev(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
/** Play, replay, or resume a Source */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcePlay(ALuint source);
/** Stop a Source */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceStop(ALuint source);
/** Rewind a Source (set playback postiton to beginning) */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceRewind(ALuint source);
/** Pause a Source */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcePause(ALuint source);
/** Queue buffers onto a source */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceQueueBuffers(ALuint source, ALsizei nb, const ALuint *buffers);
/** Unqueue processed buffers from a source */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourceUnqueueBuffers(ALuint source, ALsizei nb, ALuint *buffers);
/** Create Buffer objects */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGenBuffers(ALsizei n, ALuint *buffers);
/** Delete Buffer objects */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alDeleteBuffers(ALsizei n, const ALuint *buffers);
/** Verify a handle is a valid Buffer */
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsBuffer(ALuint buffer);
/** Specifies the data to be copied into a buffer */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferData(ALuint buffer, ALenum format, const ALvoid *data, ALsizei size, ALsizei freq);
/** Set Buffer parameters, */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferf(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBuffer3f(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferfv(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, const ALfloat *values);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferi(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBuffer3i(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferiv(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, const ALint *values);
/** Get Buffer parameters. */
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBufferf(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat *value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBuffer3f(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBufferfv(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBufferi(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint *value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBuffer3i(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBufferiv(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint *values);
/** Pointer-to-function type, useful for dynamically getting AL entry points. */
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALENABLE)(ALenum capability);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDISABLE)(ALenum capability);
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISENABLED)(ALenum capability);
typedef const ALchar* (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSTRING)(ALenum param);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBOOLEANV)(ALenum param, ALboolean *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETINTEGERV)(ALenum param, ALint *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETFLOATV)(ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETDOUBLEV)(ALenum param, ALdouble *values);
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBOOLEAN)(ALenum param);
typedef ALint (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETINTEGER)(ALenum param);
typedef ALfloat (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETFLOAT)(ALenum param);
typedef ALdouble (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETDOUBLE)(ALenum param);
typedef ALenum (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETERROR)(void);
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISEXTENSIONPRESENT)(const ALchar *extname);
typedef void* (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETPROCADDRESS)(const ALchar *fname);
typedef ALenum (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETENUMVALUE)(const ALchar *ename);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALLISTENERF)(ALenum param, ALfloat value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALLISTENER3F)(ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALLISTENERFV)(ALenum param, const ALfloat *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALLISTENERI)(ALenum param, ALint value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALLISTENER3I)(ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALLISTENERIV)(ALenum param, const ALint *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENERF)(ALenum param, ALfloat *value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENER3F)(ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENERFV)(ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENERI)(ALenum param, ALint *value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENER3I)(ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETLISTENERIV)(ALenum param, ALint *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGENSOURCES)(ALsizei n, ALuint *sources);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDELETESOURCES)(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISSOURCE)(ALuint source);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEF)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCE3F)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEFV)(ALuint source, ALenum param, const ALfloat *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEI)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCE3I)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEIV)(ALuint source, ALenum param, const ALint *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCEF)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat *value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCE3F)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCEFV)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCEI)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint *value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCE3I)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETSOURCEIV)(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEPLAYV)(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCESTOPV)(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEREWINDV)(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEPAUSEV)(ALsizei n, const ALuint *sources);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEPLAY)(ALuint source);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCESTOP)(ALuint source);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEREWIND)(ALuint source);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEPAUSE)(ALuint source);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEQUEUEBUFFERS)(ALuint source, ALsizei nb, const ALuint *buffers);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSOURCEUNQUEUEBUFFERS)(ALuint source, ALsizei nb, ALuint *buffers);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGENBUFFERS)(ALsizei n, ALuint *buffers);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDELETEBUFFERS)(ALsizei n, const ALuint *buffers);
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISBUFFER)(ALuint buffer);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFERDATA)(ALuint buffer, ALenum format, const ALvoid *data, ALsizei size, ALsizei freq);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFERF)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFER3F)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat value1, ALfloat value2, ALfloat value3);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFERFV)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, const ALfloat *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFERI)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFER3I)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint value1, ALint value2, ALint value3);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALBUFFERIV)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, const ALint *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFERF)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat *value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFER3F)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat *value1, ALfloat *value2, ALfloat *value3);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFERFV)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALfloat *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFERI)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint *value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFER3I)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint *value1, ALint *value2, ALint *value3);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETBUFFERIV)(ALuint buffer, ALenum param, ALint *values);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDOPPLERFACTOR)(ALfloat value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDOPPLERVELOCITY)(ALfloat value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALSPEEDOFSOUND)(ALfloat value);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDISTANCEMODEL)(ALenum distanceModel);
#if defined(__cplusplus)
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /* AL_AL_H */

View File

@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
#ifndef AL_ALC_H
#define AL_ALC_H
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifndef ALC_API
#if defined(AL_LIBTYPE_STATIC)
#define ALC_API
#elif defined(_WIN32)
#define ALC_API __declspec(dllimport)
#else
#define ALC_API extern
#endif
#endif
#if defined(_WIN32)
#define ALC_APIENTRY __cdecl
#else
#define ALC_APIENTRY
#endif
/** Deprecated macro. */
#define ALCAPI ALC_API
#define ALCAPIENTRY ALC_APIENTRY
#define ALC_INVALID 0
/** Supported ALC version? */
#define ALC_VERSION_0_1 1
/** Opaque device handle */
typedef struct ALCdevice_struct ALCdevice;
/** Opaque context handle */
typedef struct ALCcontext_struct ALCcontext;
/** 8-bit boolean */
typedef char ALCboolean;
/** character */
typedef char ALCchar;
/** signed 8-bit 2's complement integer */
typedef signed char ALCbyte;
/** unsigned 8-bit integer */
typedef unsigned char ALCubyte;
/** signed 16-bit 2's complement integer */
typedef short ALCshort;
/** unsigned 16-bit integer */
typedef unsigned short ALCushort;
/** signed 32-bit 2's complement integer */
typedef int ALCint;
/** unsigned 32-bit integer */
typedef unsigned int ALCuint;
/** non-negative 32-bit binary integer size */
typedef int ALCsizei;
/** enumerated 32-bit value */
typedef int ALCenum;
/** 32-bit IEEE754 floating-point */
typedef float ALCfloat;
/** 64-bit IEEE754 floating-point */
typedef double ALCdouble;
/** void type (for opaque pointers only) */
typedef void ALCvoid;
/* Enumerant values begin at column 50. No tabs. */
/** Boolean False. */
#define ALC_FALSE 0
/** Boolean True. */
#define ALC_TRUE 1
/** Context attribute: <int> Hz. */
#define ALC_FREQUENCY 0x1007
/** Context attribute: <int> Hz. */
#define ALC_REFRESH 0x1008
/** Context attribute: AL_TRUE or AL_FALSE. */
#define ALC_SYNC 0x1009
/** Context attribute: <int> requested Mono (3D) Sources. */
#define ALC_MONO_SOURCES 0x1010
/** Context attribute: <int> requested Stereo Sources. */
#define ALC_STEREO_SOURCES 0x1011
/** No error. */
#define ALC_NO_ERROR 0
/** Invalid device handle. */
#define ALC_INVALID_DEVICE 0xA001
/** Invalid context handle. */
#define ALC_INVALID_CONTEXT 0xA002
/** Invalid enum parameter passed to an ALC call. */
#define ALC_INVALID_ENUM 0xA003
/** Invalid value parameter passed to an ALC call. */
#define ALC_INVALID_VALUE 0xA004
/** Out of memory. */
#define ALC_OUT_OF_MEMORY 0xA005
/** Runtime ALC version. */
#define ALC_MAJOR_VERSION 0x1000
#define ALC_MINOR_VERSION 0x1001
/** Context attribute list properties. */
#define ALC_ATTRIBUTES_SIZE 0x1002
#define ALC_ALL_ATTRIBUTES 0x1003
/** String for the default device specifier. */
#define ALC_DEFAULT_DEVICE_SPECIFIER 0x1004
/**
* String for the given device's specifier.
*
* If device handle is NULL, it is instead a null-char separated list of
* strings of known device specifiers (list ends with an empty string).
*/
#define ALC_DEVICE_SPECIFIER 0x1005
/** String for space-separated list of ALC extensions. */
#define ALC_EXTENSIONS 0x1006
/** Capture extension */
#define ALC_EXT_CAPTURE 1
/**
* String for the given capture device's specifier.
*
* If device handle is NULL, it is instead a null-char separated list of
* strings of known capture device specifiers (list ends with an empty string).
*/
#define ALC_CAPTURE_DEVICE_SPECIFIER 0x310
/** String for the default capture device specifier. */
#define ALC_CAPTURE_DEFAULT_DEVICE_SPECIFIER 0x311
/** Number of sample frames available for capture. */
#define ALC_CAPTURE_SAMPLES 0x312
/** Enumerate All extension */
#define ALC_ENUMERATE_ALL_EXT 1
/** String for the default extended device specifier. */
#define ALC_DEFAULT_ALL_DEVICES_SPECIFIER 0x1012
/**
* String for the given extended device's specifier.
*
* If device handle is NULL, it is instead a null-char separated list of
* strings of known extended device specifiers (list ends with an empty string).
*/
#define ALC_ALL_DEVICES_SPECIFIER 0x1013
/** Context management. */
ALC_API ALCcontext* ALC_APIENTRY alcCreateContext(ALCdevice *device, const ALCint* attrlist);
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcMakeContextCurrent(ALCcontext *context);
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcProcessContext(ALCcontext *context);
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcSuspendContext(ALCcontext *context);
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcDestroyContext(ALCcontext *context);
ALC_API ALCcontext* ALC_APIENTRY alcGetCurrentContext(void);
ALC_API ALCdevice* ALC_APIENTRY alcGetContextsDevice(ALCcontext *context);
/** Device management. */
ALC_API ALCdevice* ALC_APIENTRY alcOpenDevice(const ALCchar *devicename);
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcCloseDevice(ALCdevice *device);
/**
* Error support.
*
* Obtain the most recent Device error.
*/
ALC_API ALCenum ALC_APIENTRY alcGetError(ALCdevice *device);
/**
* Extension support.
*
* Query for the presence of an extension, and obtain any appropriate
* function pointers and enum values.
*/
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcIsExtensionPresent(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *extname);
ALC_API void* ALC_APIENTRY alcGetProcAddress(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *funcname);
ALC_API ALCenum ALC_APIENTRY alcGetEnumValue(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *enumname);
/** Query function. */
ALC_API const ALCchar* ALC_APIENTRY alcGetString(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param);
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcGetIntegerv(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param, ALCsizei size, ALCint *values);
/** Capture function. */
ALC_API ALCdevice* ALC_APIENTRY alcCaptureOpenDevice(const ALCchar *devicename, ALCuint frequency, ALCenum format, ALCsizei buffersize);
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcCaptureCloseDevice(ALCdevice *device);
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcCaptureStart(ALCdevice *device);
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcCaptureStop(ALCdevice *device);
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcCaptureSamples(ALCdevice *device, ALCvoid *buffer, ALCsizei samples);
/** Pointer-to-function type, useful for dynamically getting ALC entry points. */
typedef ALCcontext* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCREATECONTEXT)(ALCdevice *device, const ALCint *attrlist);
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCMAKECONTEXTCURRENT)(ALCcontext *context);
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCPROCESSCONTEXT)(ALCcontext *context);
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCSUSPENDCONTEXT)(ALCcontext *context);
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCDESTROYCONTEXT)(ALCcontext *context);
typedef ALCcontext* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETCURRENTCONTEXT)(void);
typedef ALCdevice* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETCONTEXTSDEVICE)(ALCcontext *context);
typedef ALCdevice* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCOPENDEVICE)(const ALCchar *devicename);
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCLOSEDEVICE)(ALCdevice *device);
typedef ALCenum (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETERROR)(ALCdevice *device);
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCISEXTENSIONPRESENT)(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *extname);
typedef void* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETPROCADDRESS)(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *funcname);
typedef ALCenum (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETENUMVALUE)(ALCdevice *device, const ALCchar *enumname);
typedef const ALCchar* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETSTRING)(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param);
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCGETINTEGERV)(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum param, ALCsizei size, ALCint *values);
typedef ALCdevice* (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCAPTUREOPENDEVICE)(const ALCchar *devicename, ALCuint frequency, ALCenum format, ALCsizei buffersize);
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCAPTURECLOSEDEVICE)(ALCdevice *device);
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCAPTURESTART)(ALCdevice *device);
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCAPTURESTOP)(ALCdevice *device);
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY *LPALCCAPTURESAMPLES)(ALCdevice *device, ALCvoid *buffer, ALCsizei samples);
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif /* AL_ALC_H */

View File

@ -1,438 +0,0 @@
/**
* OpenAL cross platform audio library
* Copyright (C) 2008 by authors.
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Library General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
* Or go to http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lgpl.html
*/
#ifndef AL_ALEXT_H
#define AL_ALEXT_H
#include <stddef.h>
/* Define int64_t and uint64_t types */
#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
#include <inttypes.h>
#elif defined(_WIN32) && defined(__GNUC__)
#include <stdint.h>
#elif defined(_WIN32)
typedef __int64 int64_t;
typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
#else
/* Fallback if nothing above works */
#include <inttypes.h>
#endif
#include "alc.h"
#include "al.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifndef AL_LOKI_IMA_ADPCM_format
#define AL_LOKI_IMA_ADPCM_format 1
#define AL_FORMAT_IMA_ADPCM_MONO16_EXT 0x10000
#define AL_FORMAT_IMA_ADPCM_STEREO16_EXT 0x10001
#endif
#ifndef AL_LOKI_WAVE_format
#define AL_LOKI_WAVE_format 1
#define AL_FORMAT_WAVE_EXT 0x10002
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_vorbis
#define AL_EXT_vorbis 1
#define AL_FORMAT_VORBIS_EXT 0x10003
#endif
#ifndef AL_LOKI_quadriphonic
#define AL_LOKI_quadriphonic 1
#define AL_FORMAT_QUAD8_LOKI 0x10004
#define AL_FORMAT_QUAD16_LOKI 0x10005
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_float32
#define AL_EXT_float32 1
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_FLOAT32 0x10010
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_FLOAT32 0x10011
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_double
#define AL_EXT_double 1
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_DOUBLE_EXT 0x10012
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_DOUBLE_EXT 0x10013
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_MULAW
#define AL_EXT_MULAW 1
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_MULAW_EXT 0x10014
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_MULAW_EXT 0x10015
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_ALAW
#define AL_EXT_ALAW 1
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_ALAW_EXT 0x10016
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_ALAW_EXT 0x10017
#endif
#ifndef ALC_LOKI_audio_channel
#define ALC_LOKI_audio_channel 1
#define ALC_CHAN_MAIN_LOKI 0x500001
#define ALC_CHAN_PCM_LOKI 0x500002
#define ALC_CHAN_CD_LOKI 0x500003
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_MCFORMATS
#define AL_EXT_MCFORMATS 1
#define AL_FORMAT_QUAD8 0x1204
#define AL_FORMAT_QUAD16 0x1205
#define AL_FORMAT_QUAD32 0x1206
#define AL_FORMAT_REAR8 0x1207
#define AL_FORMAT_REAR16 0x1208
#define AL_FORMAT_REAR32 0x1209
#define AL_FORMAT_51CHN8 0x120A
#define AL_FORMAT_51CHN16 0x120B
#define AL_FORMAT_51CHN32 0x120C
#define AL_FORMAT_61CHN8 0x120D
#define AL_FORMAT_61CHN16 0x120E
#define AL_FORMAT_61CHN32 0x120F
#define AL_FORMAT_71CHN8 0x1210
#define AL_FORMAT_71CHN16 0x1211
#define AL_FORMAT_71CHN32 0x1212
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_MULAW_MCFORMATS
#define AL_EXT_MULAW_MCFORMATS 1
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_MULAW 0x10014
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_MULAW 0x10015
#define AL_FORMAT_QUAD_MULAW 0x10021
#define AL_FORMAT_REAR_MULAW 0x10022
#define AL_FORMAT_51CHN_MULAW 0x10023
#define AL_FORMAT_61CHN_MULAW 0x10024
#define AL_FORMAT_71CHN_MULAW 0x10025
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_IMA4
#define AL_EXT_IMA4 1
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_IMA4 0x1300
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_IMA4 0x1301
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_STATIC_BUFFER
#define AL_EXT_STATIC_BUFFER 1
typedef ALvoid (AL_APIENTRY*PFNALBUFFERDATASTATICPROC)(const ALint,ALenum,ALvoid*,ALsizei,ALsizei);
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alBufferDataStatic(const ALint buffer, ALenum format, ALvoid *data, ALsizei len, ALsizei freq);
#endif
#endif
#ifndef ALC_EXT_EFX
#define ALC_EXT_EFX 1
#include "efx.h"
#endif
#ifndef ALC_EXT_disconnect
#define ALC_EXT_disconnect 1
#define ALC_CONNECTED 0x313
#endif
#ifndef ALC_EXT_thread_local_context
#define ALC_EXT_thread_local_context 1
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY*PFNALCSETTHREADCONTEXTPROC)(ALCcontext *context);
typedef ALCcontext* (ALC_APIENTRY*PFNALCGETTHREADCONTEXTPROC)(void);
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcSetThreadContext(ALCcontext *context);
ALC_API ALCcontext* ALC_APIENTRY alcGetThreadContext(void);
#endif
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_source_distance_model
#define AL_EXT_source_distance_model 1
#define AL_SOURCE_DISTANCE_MODEL 0x200
#endif
#ifndef AL_SOFT_buffer_sub_data
#define AL_SOFT_buffer_sub_data 1
#define AL_BYTE_RW_OFFSETS_SOFT 0x1031
#define AL_SAMPLE_RW_OFFSETS_SOFT 0x1032
typedef ALvoid (AL_APIENTRY*PFNALBUFFERSUBDATASOFTPROC)(ALuint,ALenum,const ALvoid*,ALsizei,ALsizei);
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alBufferSubDataSOFT(ALuint buffer,ALenum format,const ALvoid *data,ALsizei offset,ALsizei length);
#endif
#endif
#ifndef AL_SOFT_loop_points
#define AL_SOFT_loop_points 1
#define AL_LOOP_POINTS_SOFT 0x2015
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_FOLDBACK
#define AL_EXT_FOLDBACK 1
#define AL_EXT_FOLDBACK_NAME "AL_EXT_FOLDBACK"
#define AL_FOLDBACK_EVENT_BLOCK 0x4112
#define AL_FOLDBACK_EVENT_START 0x4111
#define AL_FOLDBACK_EVENT_STOP 0x4113
#define AL_FOLDBACK_MODE_MONO 0x4101
#define AL_FOLDBACK_MODE_STEREO 0x4102
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALFOLDBACKCALLBACK)(ALenum,ALsizei);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALREQUESTFOLDBACKSTART)(ALenum,ALsizei,ALsizei,ALfloat*,LPALFOLDBACKCALLBACK);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALREQUESTFOLDBACKSTOP)(void);
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alRequestFoldbackStart(ALenum mode,ALsizei count,ALsizei length,ALfloat *mem,LPALFOLDBACKCALLBACK callback);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alRequestFoldbackStop(void);
#endif
#endif
#ifndef ALC_EXT_DEDICATED
#define ALC_EXT_DEDICATED 1
#define AL_DEDICATED_GAIN 0x0001
#define AL_EFFECT_DEDICATED_DIALOGUE 0x9001
#define AL_EFFECT_DEDICATED_LOW_FREQUENCY_EFFECT 0x9000
#endif
#ifndef AL_SOFT_buffer_samples
#define AL_SOFT_buffer_samples 1
/* Channel configurations */
#define AL_MONO_SOFT 0x1500
#define AL_STEREO_SOFT 0x1501
#define AL_REAR_SOFT 0x1502
#define AL_QUAD_SOFT 0x1503
#define AL_5POINT1_SOFT 0x1504
#define AL_6POINT1_SOFT 0x1505
#define AL_7POINT1_SOFT 0x1506
/* Sample types */
#define AL_BYTE_SOFT 0x1400
#define AL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_SOFT 0x1401
#define AL_SHORT_SOFT 0x1402
#define AL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_SOFT 0x1403
#define AL_INT_SOFT 0x1404
#define AL_UNSIGNED_INT_SOFT 0x1405
#define AL_FLOAT_SOFT 0x1406
#define AL_DOUBLE_SOFT 0x1407
#define AL_BYTE3_SOFT 0x1408
#define AL_UNSIGNED_BYTE3_SOFT 0x1409
/* Storage formats */
#define AL_MONO8_SOFT 0x1100
#define AL_MONO16_SOFT 0x1101
#define AL_MONO32F_SOFT 0x10010
#define AL_STEREO8_SOFT 0x1102
#define AL_STEREO16_SOFT 0x1103
#define AL_STEREO32F_SOFT 0x10011
#define AL_QUAD8_SOFT 0x1204
#define AL_QUAD16_SOFT 0x1205
#define AL_QUAD32F_SOFT 0x1206
#define AL_REAR8_SOFT 0x1207
#define AL_REAR16_SOFT 0x1208
#define AL_REAR32F_SOFT 0x1209
#define AL_5POINT1_8_SOFT 0x120A
#define AL_5POINT1_16_SOFT 0x120B
#define AL_5POINT1_32F_SOFT 0x120C
#define AL_6POINT1_8_SOFT 0x120D
#define AL_6POINT1_16_SOFT 0x120E
#define AL_6POINT1_32F_SOFT 0x120F
#define AL_7POINT1_8_SOFT 0x1210
#define AL_7POINT1_16_SOFT 0x1211
#define AL_7POINT1_32F_SOFT 0x1212
/* Buffer attributes */
#define AL_INTERNAL_FORMAT_SOFT 0x2008
#define AL_BYTE_LENGTH_SOFT 0x2009
#define AL_SAMPLE_LENGTH_SOFT 0x200A
#define AL_SEC_LENGTH_SOFT 0x200B
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALBUFFERSAMPLESSOFT)(ALuint,ALuint,ALenum,ALsizei,ALenum,ALenum,const ALvoid*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALBUFFERSUBSAMPLESSOFT)(ALuint,ALsizei,ALsizei,ALenum,ALenum,const ALvoid*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETBUFFERSAMPLESSOFT)(ALuint,ALsizei,ALsizei,ALenum,ALenum,ALvoid*);
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY*LPALISBUFFERFORMATSUPPORTEDSOFT)(ALenum);
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferSamplesSOFT(ALuint buffer, ALuint samplerate, ALenum internalformat, ALsizei samples, ALenum channels, ALenum type, const ALvoid *data);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alBufferSubSamplesSOFT(ALuint buffer, ALsizei offset, ALsizei samples, ALenum channels, ALenum type, const ALvoid *data);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetBufferSamplesSOFT(ALuint buffer, ALsizei offset, ALsizei samples, ALenum channels, ALenum type, ALvoid *data);
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsBufferFormatSupportedSOFT(ALenum format);
#endif
#endif
#ifndef AL_SOFT_direct_channels
#define AL_SOFT_direct_channels 1
#define AL_DIRECT_CHANNELS_SOFT 0x1033
#endif
#ifndef ALC_SOFT_loopback
#define ALC_SOFT_loopback 1
#define ALC_FORMAT_CHANNELS_SOFT 0x1990
#define ALC_FORMAT_TYPE_SOFT 0x1991
/* Sample types */
#define ALC_BYTE_SOFT 0x1400
#define ALC_UNSIGNED_BYTE_SOFT 0x1401
#define ALC_SHORT_SOFT 0x1402
#define ALC_UNSIGNED_SHORT_SOFT 0x1403
#define ALC_INT_SOFT 0x1404
#define ALC_UNSIGNED_INT_SOFT 0x1405
#define ALC_FLOAT_SOFT 0x1406
/* Channel configurations */
#define ALC_MONO_SOFT 0x1500
#define ALC_STEREO_SOFT 0x1501
#define ALC_QUAD_SOFT 0x1503
#define ALC_5POINT1_SOFT 0x1504
#define ALC_6POINT1_SOFT 0x1505
#define ALC_7POINT1_SOFT 0x1506
typedef ALCdevice* (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCLOOPBACKOPENDEVICESOFT)(const ALCchar*);
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCISRENDERFORMATSUPPORTEDSOFT)(ALCdevice*,ALCsizei,ALCenum,ALCenum);
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCRENDERSAMPLESSOFT)(ALCdevice*,ALCvoid*,ALCsizei);
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
ALC_API ALCdevice* ALC_APIENTRY alcLoopbackOpenDeviceSOFT(const ALCchar *deviceName);
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcIsRenderFormatSupportedSOFT(ALCdevice *device, ALCsizei freq, ALCenum channels, ALCenum type);
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcRenderSamplesSOFT(ALCdevice *device, ALCvoid *buffer, ALCsizei samples);
#endif
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_STEREO_ANGLES
#define AL_EXT_STEREO_ANGLES 1
#define AL_STEREO_ANGLES 0x1030
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_SOURCE_RADIUS
#define AL_EXT_SOURCE_RADIUS 1
#define AL_SOURCE_RADIUS 0x1031
#endif
#ifndef AL_SOFT_source_latency
#define AL_SOFT_source_latency 1
#define AL_SAMPLE_OFFSET_LATENCY_SOFT 0x1200
#define AL_SEC_OFFSET_LATENCY_SOFT 0x1201
typedef int64_t ALint64SOFT;
typedef uint64_t ALuint64SOFT;
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALSOURCEDSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALdouble);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALSOURCE3DSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALdouble,ALdouble,ALdouble);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALSOURCEDVSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,const ALdouble*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETSOURCEDSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALdouble*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETSOURCE3DSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALdouble*,ALdouble*,ALdouble*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETSOURCEDVSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALdouble*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALSOURCEI64SOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALint64SOFT);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALSOURCE3I64SOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALint64SOFT,ALint64SOFT,ALint64SOFT);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALSOURCEI64VSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,const ALint64SOFT*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETSOURCEI64SOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALint64SOFT*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETSOURCE3I64SOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALint64SOFT*,ALint64SOFT*,ALint64SOFT*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY*LPALGETSOURCEI64VSOFT)(ALuint,ALenum,ALint64SOFT*);
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcedSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALdouble value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSource3dSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALdouble value1, ALdouble value2, ALdouble value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcedvSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, const ALdouble *values);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcedSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALdouble *value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSource3dSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALdouble *value1, ALdouble *value2, ALdouble *value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcedvSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALdouble *values);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcei64SOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint64SOFT value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSource3i64SOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint64SOFT value1, ALint64SOFT value2, ALint64SOFT value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alSourcei64vSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, const ALint64SOFT *values);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcei64SOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint64SOFT *value);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSource3i64SOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint64SOFT *value1, ALint64SOFT *value2, ALint64SOFT *value3);
AL_API void AL_APIENTRY alGetSourcei64vSOFT(ALuint source, ALenum param, ALint64SOFT *values);
#endif
#endif
#ifndef ALC_EXT_DEFAULT_FILTER_ORDER
#define ALC_EXT_DEFAULT_FILTER_ORDER 1
#define ALC_DEFAULT_FILTER_ORDER 0x1100
#endif
#ifndef AL_SOFT_deferred_updates
#define AL_SOFT_deferred_updates 1
#define AL_DEFERRED_UPDATES_SOFT 0xC002
typedef ALvoid (AL_APIENTRY*LPALDEFERUPDATESSOFT)(void);
typedef ALvoid (AL_APIENTRY*LPALPROCESSUPDATESSOFT)(void);
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alDeferUpdatesSOFT(void);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alProcessUpdatesSOFT(void);
#endif
#endif
#ifndef AL_SOFT_block_alignment
#define AL_SOFT_block_alignment 1
#define AL_UNPACK_BLOCK_ALIGNMENT_SOFT 0x200C
#define AL_PACK_BLOCK_ALIGNMENT_SOFT 0x200D
#endif
#ifndef AL_SOFT_MSADPCM
#define AL_SOFT_MSADPCM 1
#define AL_FORMAT_MONO_MSADPCM_SOFT 0x1302
#define AL_FORMAT_STEREO_MSADPCM_SOFT 0x1303
#endif
#ifndef AL_SOFT_source_length
#define AL_SOFT_source_length 1
/*#define AL_BYTE_LENGTH_SOFT 0x2009*/
/*#define AL_SAMPLE_LENGTH_SOFT 0x200A*/
/*#define AL_SEC_LENGTH_SOFT 0x200B*/
#endif
#ifndef ALC_SOFT_pause_device
#define ALC_SOFT_pause_device 1
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCDEVICEPAUSESOFT)(ALCdevice *device);
typedef void (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCDEVICERESUMESOFT)(ALCdevice *device);
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcDevicePauseSOFT(ALCdevice *device);
ALC_API void ALC_APIENTRY alcDeviceResumeSOFT(ALCdevice *device);
#endif
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_BFORMAT
#define AL_EXT_BFORMAT 1
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT2D_8 0x20021
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT2D_16 0x20022
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT2D_FLOAT32 0x20023
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT3D_8 0x20031
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT3D_16 0x20032
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT3D_FLOAT32 0x20033
#endif
#ifndef AL_EXT_MULAW_BFORMAT
#define AL_EXT_MULAW_BFORMAT 1
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT2D_MULAW 0x10031
#define AL_FORMAT_BFORMAT3D_MULAW 0x10032
#endif
#ifndef ALC_SOFT_HRTF
#define ALC_SOFT_HRTF 1
#define ALC_HRTF_SOFT 0x1992
#define ALC_DONT_CARE_SOFT 0x0002
#define ALC_HRTF_STATUS_SOFT 0x1993
#define ALC_HRTF_DISABLED_SOFT 0x0000
#define ALC_HRTF_ENABLED_SOFT 0x0001
#define ALC_HRTF_DENIED_SOFT 0x0002
#define ALC_HRTF_REQUIRED_SOFT 0x0003
#define ALC_HRTF_HEADPHONES_DETECTED_SOFT 0x0004
#define ALC_HRTF_UNSUPPORTED_FORMAT_SOFT 0x0005
#define ALC_NUM_HRTF_SPECIFIERS_SOFT 0x1994
#define ALC_HRTF_SPECIFIER_SOFT 0x1995
#define ALC_HRTF_ID_SOFT 0x1996
typedef const ALCchar* (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCGETSTRINGISOFT)(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum paramName, ALCsizei index);
typedef ALCboolean (ALC_APIENTRY*LPALCRESETDEVICESOFT)(ALCdevice *device, const ALCint *attribs);
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
ALC_API const ALCchar* ALC_APIENTRY alcGetStringiSOFT(ALCdevice *device, ALCenum paramName, ALCsizei index);
ALC_API ALCboolean ALC_APIENTRY alcResetDeviceSOFT(ALCdevice *device, const ALCint *attribs);
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif

View File

@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
/* The tokens that would be defined here are already defined in efx.h. This
* empty file is here to provide compatibility with Windows-based projects
* that would include it. */

View File

@ -1,402 +0,0 @@
/* Reverb presets for EFX */
#ifndef EFX_PRESETS_H
#define EFX_PRESETS_H
#ifndef EFXEAXREVERBPROPERTIES_DEFINED
#define EFXEAXREVERBPROPERTIES_DEFINED
typedef struct {
float flDensity;
float flDiffusion;
float flGain;
float flGainHF;
float flGainLF;
float flDecayTime;
float flDecayHFRatio;
float flDecayLFRatio;
float flReflectionsGain;
float flReflectionsDelay;
float flReflectionsPan[3];
float flLateReverbGain;
float flLateReverbDelay;
float flLateReverbPan[3];
float flEchoTime;
float flEchoDepth;
float flModulationTime;
float flModulationDepth;
float flAirAbsorptionGainHF;
float flHFReference;
float flLFReference;
float flRoomRolloffFactor;
int iDecayHFLimit;
} EFXEAXREVERBPROPERTIES, *LPEFXEAXREVERBPROPERTIES;
#endif
/* Default Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_GENERIC \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.8913f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.8300f, 1.0000f, 0.0500f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PADDEDCELL \
{ 0.1715f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0010f, 1.0000f, 0.1700f, 0.1000f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0010f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2691f, 0.0020f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ROOM \
{ 0.4287f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.5929f, 1.0000f, 0.4000f, 0.8300f, 1.0000f, 0.1503f, 0.0020f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.0629f, 0.0030f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_BATHROOM \
{ 0.1715f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.2512f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.5400f, 1.0000f, 0.6531f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 3.2734f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_LIVINGROOM \
{ 0.9766f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0010f, 1.0000f, 0.5000f, 0.1000f, 1.0000f, 0.2051f, 0.0030f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2805f, 0.0040f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_STONEROOM \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 1.0000f, 2.3100f, 0.6400f, 1.0000f, 0.4411f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1003f, 0.0170f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_AUDITORIUM \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.5781f, 1.0000f, 4.3200f, 0.5900f, 1.0000f, 0.4032f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7170f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CONCERTHALL \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 1.0000f, 3.9200f, 0.7000f, 1.0000f, 0.2427f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.9977f, 0.0290f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CAVE \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 2.9100f, 1.3000f, 1.0000f, 0.5000f, 0.0150f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7063f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ARENA \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.4477f, 1.0000f, 7.2400f, 0.3300f, 1.0000f, 0.2612f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.0186f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_HANGAR \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 10.0500f, 0.2300f, 1.0000f, 0.5000f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2560f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CARPETEDHALLWAY \
{ 0.4287f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0100f, 1.0000f, 0.3000f, 0.1000f, 1.0000f, 0.1215f, 0.0020f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1531f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_HALLWAY \
{ 0.3645f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.5900f, 1.0000f, 0.2458f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.6615f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_STONECORRIDOR \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.7612f, 1.0000f, 2.7000f, 0.7900f, 1.0000f, 0.2472f, 0.0130f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.5758f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ALLEY \
{ 1.0000f, 0.3000f, 0.3162f, 0.7328f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.8600f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.9954f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1250f, 0.9500f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FOREST \
{ 1.0000f, 0.3000f, 0.3162f, 0.0224f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.5400f, 1.0000f, 0.0525f, 0.1620f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7682f, 0.0880f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1250f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY \
{ 1.0000f, 0.5000f, 0.3162f, 0.3981f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.6700f, 1.0000f, 0.0730f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1427f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_MOUNTAINS \
{ 1.0000f, 0.2700f, 0.3162f, 0.0562f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.2100f, 1.0000f, 0.0407f, 0.3000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1919f, 0.1000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_QUARRY \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.8300f, 1.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0610f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.7783f, 0.0250f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1250f, 0.7000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PLAIN \
{ 1.0000f, 0.2100f, 0.3162f, 0.1000f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.5000f, 1.0000f, 0.0585f, 0.1790f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1089f, 0.1000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PARKINGLOT \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 1.6500f, 1.5000f, 1.0000f, 0.2082f, 0.0080f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2652f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SEWERPIPE \
{ 0.3071f, 0.8000f, 0.3162f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 2.8100f, 0.1400f, 1.0000f, 1.6387f, 0.0140f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 3.2471f, 0.0210f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_UNDERWATER \
{ 0.3645f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0100f, 1.0000f, 1.4900f, 0.1000f, 1.0000f, 0.5963f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 7.0795f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 1.1800f, 0.3480f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRUGGED \
{ 0.4287f, 0.5000f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 8.3900f, 1.3900f, 1.0000f, 0.8760f, 0.0020f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 3.1081f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DIZZY \
{ 0.3645f, 0.6000f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 1.0000f, 17.2300f, 0.5600f, 1.0000f, 0.1392f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.4937f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.8100f, 0.3100f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PSYCHOTIC \
{ 0.0625f, 0.5000f, 0.3162f, 0.8404f, 1.0000f, 7.5600f, 0.9100f, 1.0000f, 0.4864f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 2.4378f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 4.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
/* Castle Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_SMALLROOM \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8900f, 0.3162f, 0.3981f, 0.1000f, 1.2200f, 0.8300f, 0.3100f, 0.8913f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.9953f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1380f, 0.0800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_SHORTPASSAGE \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8900f, 0.3162f, 0.3162f, 0.1000f, 2.3200f, 0.8300f, 0.3100f, 0.8913f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1380f, 0.0800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_MEDIUMROOM \
{ 1.0000f, 0.9300f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.1000f, 2.0400f, 0.8300f, 0.4600f, 0.6310f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.5849f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1550f, 0.0300f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_LARGEROOM \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.1259f, 2.5300f, 0.8300f, 0.5000f, 0.4467f, 0.0340f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0160f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1850f, 0.0700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_LONGPASSAGE \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8900f, 0.3162f, 0.3981f, 0.1000f, 3.4200f, 0.8300f, 0.3100f, 0.8913f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1380f, 0.0800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_HALL \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8100f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.1778f, 3.1400f, 0.7900f, 0.6200f, 0.1778f, 0.0560f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0240f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_CUPBOARD \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8900f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.1000f, 0.6700f, 0.8700f, 0.3100f, 1.4125f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 3.5481f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1380f, 0.0800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_COURTYARD \
{ 1.0000f, 0.4200f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.1995f, 2.1300f, 0.6100f, 0.2300f, 0.2239f, 0.1600f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7079f, 0.0360f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.3700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CASTLE_ALCOVE \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8900f, 0.3162f, 0.5012f, 0.1000f, 1.6400f, 0.8700f, 0.3100f, 1.0000f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0340f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1380f, 0.0800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5168.6001f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
/* Factory Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_SMALLROOM \
{ 0.3645f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 0.5012f, 1.7200f, 0.6500f, 1.3100f, 0.7079f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.7783f, 0.0240f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1190f, 0.0700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_SHORTPASSAGE \
{ 0.3645f, 0.6400f, 0.2512f, 0.7943f, 0.5012f, 2.5300f, 0.6500f, 1.3100f, 1.0000f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0380f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1350f, 0.2300f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_MEDIUMROOM \
{ 0.4287f, 0.8200f, 0.2512f, 0.7943f, 0.5012f, 2.7600f, 0.6500f, 1.3100f, 0.2818f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1740f, 0.0700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_LARGEROOM \
{ 0.4287f, 0.7500f, 0.2512f, 0.7079f, 0.6310f, 4.2400f, 0.5100f, 1.3100f, 0.1778f, 0.0390f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2310f, 0.0700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_LONGPASSAGE \
{ 0.3645f, 0.6400f, 0.2512f, 0.7943f, 0.5012f, 4.0600f, 0.6500f, 1.3100f, 1.0000f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0370f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1350f, 0.2300f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_HALL \
{ 0.4287f, 0.7500f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.6310f, 7.4300f, 0.5100f, 1.3100f, 0.0631f, 0.0730f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0270f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_CUPBOARD \
{ 0.3071f, 0.6300f, 0.2512f, 0.7943f, 0.5012f, 0.4900f, 0.6500f, 1.3100f, 1.2589f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.9953f, 0.0320f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1070f, 0.0700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_COURTYARD \
{ 0.3071f, 0.5700f, 0.3162f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 2.3200f, 0.2900f, 0.5600f, 0.2239f, 0.1400f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.3981f, 0.0390f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.2900f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_FACTORY_ALCOVE \
{ 0.3645f, 0.5900f, 0.2512f, 0.7943f, 0.5012f, 3.1400f, 0.6500f, 1.3100f, 1.4125f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.0000f, 0.0380f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1140f, 0.1000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3762.6001f, 362.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
/* Ice Palace Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_SMALLROOM \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8400f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.2818f, 1.5100f, 1.5300f, 0.2700f, 0.8913f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1640f, 0.1400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_SHORTPASSAGE \
{ 1.0000f, 0.7500f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.2818f, 1.7900f, 1.4600f, 0.2800f, 0.5012f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0190f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1770f, 0.0900f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_MEDIUMROOM \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8700f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.4467f, 2.2200f, 1.5300f, 0.3200f, 0.3981f, 0.0390f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0270f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1860f, 0.1200f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_LARGEROOM \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8100f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.4467f, 3.1400f, 1.5300f, 0.3200f, 0.2512f, 0.0390f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.0000f, 0.0270f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2140f, 0.1100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_LONGPASSAGE \
{ 1.0000f, 0.7700f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.3981f, 3.0100f, 1.4600f, 0.2800f, 0.7943f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0250f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1860f, 0.0400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_HALL \
{ 1.0000f, 0.7600f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.5623f, 5.4900f, 1.5300f, 0.3800f, 0.1122f, 0.0540f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.6310f, 0.0520f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2260f, 0.1100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_CUPBOARD \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8300f, 0.3162f, 0.5012f, 0.2239f, 0.7600f, 1.5300f, 0.2600f, 1.1220f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.9953f, 0.0160f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1430f, 0.0800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_COURTYARD \
{ 1.0000f, 0.5900f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.3162f, 2.0400f, 1.2000f, 0.3800f, 0.3162f, 0.1730f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.3162f, 0.0430f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2350f, 0.4800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_ICEPALACE_ALCOVE \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8400f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.2818f, 2.7600f, 1.4600f, 0.2800f, 1.1220f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1610f, 0.0900f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 12428.5000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
/* Space Station Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_SMALLROOM \
{ 0.2109f, 0.7000f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.8913f, 1.7200f, 0.8200f, 0.5500f, 0.7943f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0130f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1880f, 0.2600f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_SHORTPASSAGE \
{ 0.2109f, 0.8700f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.8913f, 3.5700f, 0.5000f, 0.5500f, 1.0000f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0160f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1720f, 0.2000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_MEDIUMROOM \
{ 0.2109f, 0.7500f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.8913f, 3.0100f, 0.5000f, 0.5500f, 0.3981f, 0.0340f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0350f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2090f, 0.3100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_LARGEROOM \
{ 0.3645f, 0.8100f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.8913f, 3.8900f, 0.3800f, 0.6100f, 0.3162f, 0.0560f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0350f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2330f, 0.2800f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_LONGPASSAGE \
{ 0.4287f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.8913f, 4.6200f, 0.6200f, 0.5500f, 1.0000f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0310f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.2300f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_HALL \
{ 0.4287f, 0.8700f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.8913f, 7.1100f, 0.3800f, 0.6100f, 0.1778f, 0.1000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.6310f, 0.0470f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.2500f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_CUPBOARD \
{ 0.1715f, 0.5600f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.8913f, 0.7900f, 0.8100f, 0.5500f, 1.4125f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.7783f, 0.0180f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1810f, 0.3100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPACESTATION_ALCOVE \
{ 0.2109f, 0.7800f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.8913f, 1.1600f, 0.8100f, 0.5500f, 1.4125f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.0000f, 0.0180f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1920f, 0.2100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 3316.1001f, 458.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
/* Wooden Galleon Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_SMALLROOM \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1122f, 0.3162f, 0.7900f, 0.3200f, 0.8700f, 1.0000f, 0.0320f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0290f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_SHORTPASSAGE \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1259f, 0.3162f, 1.7500f, 0.5000f, 0.8700f, 0.8913f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.6310f, 0.0240f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_MEDIUMROOM \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1000f, 0.2818f, 1.4700f, 0.4200f, 0.8200f, 0.8913f, 0.0490f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0290f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_LARGEROOM \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0891f, 0.2818f, 2.6500f, 0.3300f, 0.8200f, 0.8913f, 0.0660f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7943f, 0.0490f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_LONGPASSAGE \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1000f, 0.3162f, 1.9900f, 0.4000f, 0.7900f, 1.0000f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.4467f, 0.0360f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_HALL \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0794f, 0.2818f, 3.4500f, 0.3000f, 0.8200f, 0.8913f, 0.0880f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7943f, 0.0630f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_CUPBOARD \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1413f, 0.3162f, 0.5600f, 0.4600f, 0.9100f, 1.1220f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0280f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_COURTYARD \
{ 1.0000f, 0.6500f, 0.3162f, 0.0794f, 0.3162f, 1.7900f, 0.3500f, 0.7900f, 0.5623f, 0.1230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1000f, 0.0320f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_WOODEN_ALCOVE \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1259f, 0.3162f, 1.2200f, 0.6200f, 0.9100f, 1.1220f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7079f, 0.0240f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4705.0000f, 99.6000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
/* Sports Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_EMPTYSTADIUM \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.7943f, 6.2600f, 0.5100f, 1.1000f, 0.0631f, 0.1830f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.3981f, 0.0380f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_SQUASHCOURT \
{ 1.0000f, 0.7500f, 0.3162f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 2.2200f, 0.9100f, 1.1600f, 0.4467f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7943f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1260f, 0.1900f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 7176.8999f, 211.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_SMALLSWIMMINGPOOL \
{ 1.0000f, 0.7000f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 0.8913f, 2.7600f, 1.2500f, 1.1400f, 0.6310f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7943f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1790f, 0.1500f, 0.8950f, 0.1900f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_LARGESWIMMINGPOOL \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 1.0000f, 5.4900f, 1.3100f, 1.1400f, 0.4467f, 0.0390f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.5012f, 0.0490f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2220f, 0.5500f, 1.1590f, 0.2100f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_GYMNASIUM \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8100f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.8913f, 3.1400f, 1.0600f, 1.3500f, 0.3981f, 0.0290f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.5623f, 0.0450f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1460f, 0.1400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 7176.8999f, 211.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_FULLSTADIUM \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0708f, 0.7943f, 5.2500f, 0.1700f, 0.8000f, 0.1000f, 0.1880f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2818f, 0.0380f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SPORT_STADIUMTANNOY \
{ 1.0000f, 0.7800f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.5012f, 2.5300f, 0.8800f, 0.6800f, 0.2818f, 0.2300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.5012f, 0.0630f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.2000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
/* Prefab Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PREFAB_WORKSHOP \
{ 0.4287f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1413f, 0.3981f, 0.7600f, 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PREFAB_SCHOOLROOM \
{ 0.4022f, 0.6900f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.5012f, 0.9800f, 0.4500f, 0.1800f, 1.4125f, 0.0170f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0150f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.0950f, 0.1400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 7176.8999f, 211.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PREFAB_PRACTISEROOM \
{ 0.4022f, 0.8700f, 0.3162f, 0.3981f, 0.5012f, 1.1200f, 0.5600f, 0.1800f, 1.2589f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0110f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.0950f, 0.1400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 7176.8999f, 211.2000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PREFAB_OUTHOUSE \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.1122f, 0.1585f, 1.3800f, 0.3800f, 0.3500f, 0.8913f, 0.0240f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.6310f, 0.0440f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1210f, 0.1700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 107.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PREFAB_CARAVAN \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0891f, 0.1259f, 0.4300f, 1.5000f, 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.9953f, 0.0120f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
/* Dome and Pipe Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DOME_TOMB \
{ 1.0000f, 0.7900f, 0.3162f, 0.3548f, 0.2239f, 4.1800f, 0.2100f, 0.1000f, 0.3868f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.6788f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1770f, 0.1900f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 20.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PIPE_SMALL \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.3548f, 0.2239f, 5.0400f, 0.1000f, 0.1000f, 0.5012f, 0.0320f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 2.5119f, 0.0150f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 20.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DOME_SAINTPAULS \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8700f, 0.3162f, 0.3548f, 0.2239f, 10.4800f, 0.1900f, 0.1000f, 0.1778f, 0.0900f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0420f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.1200f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 20.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PIPE_LONGTHIN \
{ 0.2560f, 0.9100f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.2818f, 9.2100f, 0.1800f, 0.1000f, 0.7079f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7079f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 20.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PIPE_LARGE \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.3548f, 0.2239f, 8.4500f, 0.1000f, 0.1000f, 0.3981f, 0.0460f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.5849f, 0.0320f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 20.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_PIPE_RESONANT \
{ 0.1373f, 0.9100f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.2818f, 6.8100f, 0.1800f, 0.1000f, 0.7079f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.0000f, 0.0220f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 20.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
/* Outdoors Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_OUTDOORS_BACKYARD \
{ 1.0000f, 0.4500f, 0.3162f, 0.2512f, 0.5012f, 1.1200f, 0.3400f, 0.4600f, 0.4467f, 0.0690f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.7079f, 0.0230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2180f, 0.3400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4399.1001f, 242.9000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_OUTDOORS_ROLLINGPLAINS \
{ 1.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.0112f, 0.6310f, 2.1300f, 0.2100f, 0.4600f, 0.1778f, 0.3000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.4467f, 0.0190f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4399.1001f, 242.9000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_OUTDOORS_DEEPCANYON \
{ 1.0000f, 0.7400f, 0.3162f, 0.1778f, 0.6310f, 3.8900f, 0.2100f, 0.4600f, 0.3162f, 0.2230f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.3548f, 0.0190f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4399.1001f, 242.9000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_OUTDOORS_CREEK \
{ 1.0000f, 0.3500f, 0.3162f, 0.1778f, 0.5012f, 2.1300f, 0.2100f, 0.4600f, 0.3981f, 0.1150f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.1995f, 0.0310f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2180f, 0.3400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 4399.1001f, 242.9000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_OUTDOORS_VALLEY \
{ 1.0000f, 0.2800f, 0.3162f, 0.0282f, 0.1585f, 2.8800f, 0.2600f, 0.3500f, 0.1413f, 0.2630f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.3981f, 0.1000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.3400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 107.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
/* Mood Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_MOOD_HEAVEN \
{ 1.0000f, 0.9400f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 0.4467f, 5.0400f, 1.1200f, 0.5600f, 0.2427f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0290f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0800f, 2.7420f, 0.0500f, 0.9977f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_MOOD_HELL \
{ 1.0000f, 0.5700f, 0.3162f, 0.3548f, 0.4467f, 3.5700f, 0.4900f, 2.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1100f, 0.0400f, 2.1090f, 0.5200f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 139.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_MOOD_MEMORY \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8500f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 0.3548f, 4.0600f, 0.8200f, 0.5600f, 0.0398f, 0.0000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.1220f, 0.0000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.4740f, 0.4500f, 0.9886f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
/* Driving Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_COMMENTATOR \
{ 1.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 0.5012f, 2.4200f, 0.8800f, 0.6800f, 0.1995f, 0.0930f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2512f, 0.0170f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 1.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9886f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_PITGARAGE \
{ 0.4287f, 0.5900f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.5623f, 1.7200f, 0.9300f, 0.8700f, 0.5623f, 0.0000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0160f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.1100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_INCAR_RACER \
{ 0.0832f, 0.8000f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 0.7943f, 0.1700f, 2.0000f, 0.4100f, 1.7783f, 0.0070f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7079f, 0.0150f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 10268.2002f, 251.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_INCAR_SPORTS \
{ 0.0832f, 0.8000f, 0.3162f, 0.6310f, 1.0000f, 0.1700f, 0.7500f, 0.4100f, 1.0000f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.5623f, 0.0000f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 10268.2002f, 251.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_INCAR_LUXURY \
{ 0.2560f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.1000f, 0.5012f, 0.1300f, 0.4100f, 0.4600f, 0.7943f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.5849f, 0.0100f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 10268.2002f, 251.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_FULLGRANDSTAND \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.6310f, 3.0100f, 1.3700f, 1.2800f, 0.3548f, 0.0900f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1778f, 0.0490f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 10420.2002f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_EMPTYGRANDSTAND \
{ 1.0000f, 1.0000f, 0.3162f, 1.0000f, 0.7943f, 4.6200f, 1.7500f, 1.4000f, 0.2082f, 0.0900f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2512f, 0.0490f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 10420.2002f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DRIVING_TUNNEL \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8100f, 0.3162f, 0.3981f, 0.8913f, 3.4200f, 0.9400f, 1.3100f, 0.7079f, 0.0510f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7079f, 0.0470f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2140f, 0.0500f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 155.3000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
/* City Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY_STREETS \
{ 1.0000f, 0.7800f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.8913f, 1.7900f, 1.1200f, 0.9100f, 0.2818f, 0.0460f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1995f, 0.0280f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.2000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY_SUBWAY \
{ 1.0000f, 0.7400f, 0.3162f, 0.7079f, 0.8913f, 3.0100f, 1.2300f, 0.9100f, 0.7079f, 0.0460f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0280f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1250f, 0.2100f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY_MUSEUM \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.1778f, 0.1778f, 3.2800f, 1.4000f, 0.5700f, 0.2512f, 0.0390f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0340f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1300f, 0.1700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 107.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY_LIBRARY \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.2818f, 0.0891f, 2.7600f, 0.8900f, 0.4100f, 0.3548f, 0.0290f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, -0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1300f, 0.1700f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9943f, 2854.3999f, 107.5000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY_UNDERPASS \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8200f, 0.3162f, 0.4467f, 0.8913f, 3.5700f, 1.1200f, 0.9100f, 0.3981f, 0.0590f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.8913f, 0.0370f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.1400f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9920f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CITY_ABANDONED \
{ 1.0000f, 0.6900f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 0.8913f, 3.2800f, 1.1700f, 0.9100f, 0.4467f, 0.0440f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2818f, 0.0240f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.2000f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9966f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
/* Misc. Presets */
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_DUSTYROOM \
{ 0.3645f, 0.5600f, 0.3162f, 0.7943f, 0.7079f, 1.7900f, 0.3800f, 0.2100f, 0.5012f, 0.0020f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.2589f, 0.0060f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2020f, 0.0500f, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.9886f, 13046.0000f, 163.3000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_CHAPEL \
{ 1.0000f, 0.8400f, 0.3162f, 0.5623f, 1.0000f, 4.6200f, 0.6400f, 1.2300f, 0.4467f, 0.0320f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.7943f, 0.0490f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.2500f, 0.0000f, 0.2500f, 0.1100f, 0.9943f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x1 }
#define EFX_REVERB_PRESET_SMALLWATERROOM \
{ 1.0000f, 0.7000f, 0.3162f, 0.4477f, 1.0000f, 1.5100f, 1.2500f, 1.1400f, 0.8913f, 0.0200f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 1.4125f, 0.0300f, { 0.0000f, 0.0000f, 0.0000f }, 0.1790f, 0.1500f, 0.8950f, 0.1900f, 0.9920f, 5000.0000f, 250.0000f, 0.0000f, 0x0 }
#endif /* EFX_PRESETS_H */

View File

@ -1,761 +0,0 @@
#ifndef AL_EFX_H
#define AL_EFX_H
#include "alc.h"
#include "al.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define ALC_EXT_EFX_NAME "ALC_EXT_EFX"
#define ALC_EFX_MAJOR_VERSION 0x20001
#define ALC_EFX_MINOR_VERSION 0x20002
#define ALC_MAX_AUXILIARY_SENDS 0x20003
/* Listener properties. */
#define AL_METERS_PER_UNIT 0x20004
/* Source properties. */
#define AL_DIRECT_FILTER 0x20005
#define AL_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER 0x20006
#define AL_AIR_ABSORPTION_FACTOR 0x20007
#define AL_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR 0x20008
#define AL_CONE_OUTER_GAINHF 0x20009
#define AL_DIRECT_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO 0x2000A
#define AL_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAIN_AUTO 0x2000B
#define AL_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO 0x2000C
/* Effect properties. */
/* Reverb effect parameters */
#define AL_REVERB_DENSITY 0x0001
#define AL_REVERB_DIFFUSION 0x0002
#define AL_REVERB_GAIN 0x0003
#define AL_REVERB_GAINHF 0x0004
#define AL_REVERB_DECAY_TIME 0x0005
#define AL_REVERB_DECAY_HFRATIO 0x0006
#define AL_REVERB_REFLECTIONS_GAIN 0x0007
#define AL_REVERB_REFLECTIONS_DELAY 0x0008
#define AL_REVERB_LATE_REVERB_GAIN 0x0009
#define AL_REVERB_LATE_REVERB_DELAY 0x000A
#define AL_REVERB_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF 0x000B
#define AL_REVERB_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR 0x000C
#define AL_REVERB_DECAY_HFLIMIT 0x000D
/* EAX Reverb effect parameters */
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DENSITY 0x0001
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DIFFUSION 0x0002
#define AL_EAXREVERB_GAIN 0x0003
#define AL_EAXREVERB_GAINHF 0x0004
#define AL_EAXREVERB_GAINLF 0x0005
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DECAY_TIME 0x0006
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DECAY_HFRATIO 0x0007
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DECAY_LFRATIO 0x0008
#define AL_EAXREVERB_REFLECTIONS_GAIN 0x0009
#define AL_EAXREVERB_REFLECTIONS_DELAY 0x000A
#define AL_EAXREVERB_REFLECTIONS_PAN 0x000B
#define AL_EAXREVERB_LATE_REVERB_GAIN 0x000C
#define AL_EAXREVERB_LATE_REVERB_DELAY 0x000D
#define AL_EAXREVERB_LATE_REVERB_PAN 0x000E
#define AL_EAXREVERB_ECHO_TIME 0x000F
#define AL_EAXREVERB_ECHO_DEPTH 0x0010
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MODULATION_TIME 0x0011
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MODULATION_DEPTH 0x0012
#define AL_EAXREVERB_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF 0x0013
#define AL_EAXREVERB_HFREFERENCE 0x0014
#define AL_EAXREVERB_LFREFERENCE 0x0015
#define AL_EAXREVERB_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR 0x0016
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DECAY_HFLIMIT 0x0017
/* Chorus effect parameters */
#define AL_CHORUS_WAVEFORM 0x0001
#define AL_CHORUS_PHASE 0x0002
#define AL_CHORUS_RATE 0x0003
#define AL_CHORUS_DEPTH 0x0004
#define AL_CHORUS_FEEDBACK 0x0005
#define AL_CHORUS_DELAY 0x0006
/* Distortion effect parameters */
#define AL_DISTORTION_EDGE 0x0001
#define AL_DISTORTION_GAIN 0x0002
#define AL_DISTORTION_LOWPASS_CUTOFF 0x0003
#define AL_DISTORTION_EQCENTER 0x0004
#define AL_DISTORTION_EQBANDWIDTH 0x0005
/* Echo effect parameters */
#define AL_ECHO_DELAY 0x0001
#define AL_ECHO_LRDELAY 0x0002
#define AL_ECHO_DAMPING 0x0003
#define AL_ECHO_FEEDBACK 0x0004
#define AL_ECHO_SPREAD 0x0005
/* Flanger effect parameters */
#define AL_FLANGER_WAVEFORM 0x0001
#define AL_FLANGER_PHASE 0x0002
#define AL_FLANGER_RATE 0x0003
#define AL_FLANGER_DEPTH 0x0004
#define AL_FLANGER_FEEDBACK 0x0005
#define AL_FLANGER_DELAY 0x0006
/* Frequency shifter effect parameters */
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_FREQUENCY 0x0001
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_LEFT_DIRECTION 0x0002
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_RIGHT_DIRECTION 0x0003
/* Vocal morpher effect parameters */
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEMEA 0x0001
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEMEA_COARSE_TUNING 0x0002
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEMEB 0x0003
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEMEB_COARSE_TUNING 0x0004
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_WAVEFORM 0x0005
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_RATE 0x0006
/* Pitchshifter effect parameters */
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_COARSE_TUNE 0x0001
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_FINE_TUNE 0x0002
/* Ringmodulator effect parameters */
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_FREQUENCY 0x0001
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_HIGHPASS_CUTOFF 0x0002
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_WAVEFORM 0x0003
/* Autowah effect parameters */
#define AL_AUTOWAH_ATTACK_TIME 0x0001
#define AL_AUTOWAH_RELEASE_TIME 0x0002
#define AL_AUTOWAH_RESONANCE 0x0003
#define AL_AUTOWAH_PEAK_GAIN 0x0004
/* Compressor effect parameters */
#define AL_COMPRESSOR_ONOFF 0x0001
/* Equalizer effect parameters */
#define AL_EQUALIZER_LOW_GAIN 0x0001
#define AL_EQUALIZER_LOW_CUTOFF 0x0002
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MID1_GAIN 0x0003
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MID1_CENTER 0x0004
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MID1_WIDTH 0x0005
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MID2_GAIN 0x0006
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MID2_CENTER 0x0007
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MID2_WIDTH 0x0008
#define AL_EQUALIZER_HIGH_GAIN 0x0009
#define AL_EQUALIZER_HIGH_CUTOFF 0x000A
/* Effect type */
#define AL_EFFECT_FIRST_PARAMETER 0x0000
#define AL_EFFECT_LAST_PARAMETER 0x8000
#define AL_EFFECT_TYPE 0x8001
/* Effect types, used with the AL_EFFECT_TYPE property */
#define AL_EFFECT_NULL 0x0000
#define AL_EFFECT_REVERB 0x0001
#define AL_EFFECT_CHORUS 0x0002
#define AL_EFFECT_DISTORTION 0x0003
#define AL_EFFECT_ECHO 0x0004
#define AL_EFFECT_FLANGER 0x0005
#define AL_EFFECT_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER 0x0006
#define AL_EFFECT_VOCAL_MORPHER 0x0007
#define AL_EFFECT_PITCH_SHIFTER 0x0008
#define AL_EFFECT_RING_MODULATOR 0x0009
#define AL_EFFECT_AUTOWAH 0x000A
#define AL_EFFECT_COMPRESSOR 0x000B
#define AL_EFFECT_EQUALIZER 0x000C
#define AL_EFFECT_EAXREVERB 0x8000
/* Auxiliary Effect Slot properties. */
#define AL_EFFECTSLOT_EFFECT 0x0001
#define AL_EFFECTSLOT_GAIN 0x0002
#define AL_EFFECTSLOT_AUXILIARY_SEND_AUTO 0x0003
/* NULL Auxiliary Slot ID to disable a source send. */
#define AL_EFFECTSLOT_NULL 0x0000
/* Filter properties. */
/* Lowpass filter parameters */
#define AL_LOWPASS_GAIN 0x0001
#define AL_LOWPASS_GAINHF 0x0002
/* Highpass filter parameters */
#define AL_HIGHPASS_GAIN 0x0001
#define AL_HIGHPASS_GAINLF 0x0002
/* Bandpass filter parameters */
#define AL_BANDPASS_GAIN 0x0001
#define AL_BANDPASS_GAINLF 0x0002
#define AL_BANDPASS_GAINHF 0x0003
/* Filter type */
#define AL_FILTER_FIRST_PARAMETER 0x0000
#define AL_FILTER_LAST_PARAMETER 0x8000
#define AL_FILTER_TYPE 0x8001
/* Filter types, used with the AL_FILTER_TYPE property */
#define AL_FILTER_NULL 0x0000
#define AL_FILTER_LOWPASS 0x0001
#define AL_FILTER_HIGHPASS 0x0002
#define AL_FILTER_BANDPASS 0x0003
/* Effect object function types. */
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGENEFFECTS)(ALsizei, ALuint*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDELETEEFFECTS)(ALsizei, const ALuint*);
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISEFFECT)(ALuint);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALEFFECTI)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALEFFECTIV)(ALuint, ALenum, const ALint*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALEFFECTF)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALEFFECTFV)(ALuint, ALenum, const ALfloat*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETEFFECTI)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETEFFECTIV)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETEFFECTF)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETEFFECTFV)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat*);
/* Filter object function types. */
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGENFILTERS)(ALsizei, ALuint*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDELETEFILTERS)(ALsizei, const ALuint*);
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISFILTER)(ALuint);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALFILTERI)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALFILTERIV)(ALuint, ALenum, const ALint*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALFILTERF)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALFILTERFV)(ALuint, ALenum, const ALfloat*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETFILTERI)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETFILTERIV)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETFILTERF)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETFILTERFV)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat*);
/* Auxiliary Effect Slot object function types. */
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGENAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTS)(ALsizei, ALuint*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALDELETEAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTS)(ALsizei, const ALuint*);
typedef ALboolean (AL_APIENTRY *LPALISAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOT)(ALuint);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTI)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTIV)(ALuint, ALenum, const ALint*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTF)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTFV)(ALuint, ALenum, const ALfloat*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTI)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTIV)(ALuint, ALenum, ALint*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTF)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat*);
typedef void (AL_APIENTRY *LPALGETAUXILIARYEFFECTSLOTFV)(ALuint, ALenum, ALfloat*);
#ifdef AL_ALEXT_PROTOTYPES
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGenEffects(ALsizei n, ALuint *effects);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alDeleteEffects(ALsizei n, const ALuint *effects);
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsEffect(ALuint effect);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alEffecti(ALuint effect, ALenum param, ALint iValue);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alEffectiv(ALuint effect, ALenum param, const ALint *piValues);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alEffectf(ALuint effect, ALenum param, ALfloat flValue);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alEffectfv(ALuint effect, ALenum param, const ALfloat *pflValues);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGetEffecti(ALuint effect, ALenum param, ALint *piValue);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGetEffectiv(ALuint effect, ALenum param, ALint *piValues);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGetEffectf(ALuint effect, ALenum param, ALfloat *pflValue);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGetEffectfv(ALuint effect, ALenum param, ALfloat *pflValues);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGenFilters(ALsizei n, ALuint *filters);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alDeleteFilters(ALsizei n, const ALuint *filters);
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsFilter(ALuint filter);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alFilteri(ALuint filter, ALenum param, ALint iValue);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alFilteriv(ALuint filter, ALenum param, const ALint *piValues);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alFilterf(ALuint filter, ALenum param, ALfloat flValue);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alFilterfv(ALuint filter, ALenum param, const ALfloat *pflValues);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGetFilteri(ALuint filter, ALenum param, ALint *piValue);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGetFilteriv(ALuint filter, ALenum param, ALint *piValues);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGetFilterf(ALuint filter, ALenum param, ALfloat *pflValue);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGetFilterfv(ALuint filter, ALenum param, ALfloat *pflValues);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGenAuxiliaryEffectSlots(ALsizei n, ALuint *effectslots);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alDeleteAuxiliaryEffectSlots(ALsizei n, const ALuint *effectslots);
AL_API ALboolean AL_APIENTRY alIsAuxiliaryEffectSlot(ALuint effectslot);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alAuxiliaryEffectSloti(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, ALint iValue);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alAuxiliaryEffectSlotiv(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, const ALint *piValues);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alAuxiliaryEffectSlotf(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, ALfloat flValue);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alAuxiliaryEffectSlotfv(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, const ALfloat *pflValues);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGetAuxiliaryEffectSloti(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, ALint *piValue);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGetAuxiliaryEffectSlotiv(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, ALint *piValues);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGetAuxiliaryEffectSlotf(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, ALfloat *pflValue);
AL_API ALvoid AL_APIENTRY alGetAuxiliaryEffectSlotfv(ALuint effectslot, ALenum param, ALfloat *pflValues);
#endif
/* Filter ranges and defaults. */
/* Lowpass filter */
#define AL_LOWPASS_MIN_GAIN (0.0f)
#define AL_LOWPASS_MAX_GAIN (1.0f)
#define AL_LOWPASS_DEFAULT_GAIN (1.0f)
#define AL_LOWPASS_MIN_GAINHF (0.0f)
#define AL_LOWPASS_MAX_GAINHF (1.0f)
#define AL_LOWPASS_DEFAULT_GAINHF (1.0f)
/* Highpass filter */
#define AL_HIGHPASS_MIN_GAIN (0.0f)
#define AL_HIGHPASS_MAX_GAIN (1.0f)
#define AL_HIGHPASS_DEFAULT_GAIN (1.0f)
#define AL_HIGHPASS_MIN_GAINLF (0.0f)
#define AL_HIGHPASS_MAX_GAINLF (1.0f)
#define AL_HIGHPASS_DEFAULT_GAINLF (1.0f)
/* Bandpass filter */
#define AL_BANDPASS_MIN_GAIN (0.0f)
#define AL_BANDPASS_MAX_GAIN (1.0f)
#define AL_BANDPASS_DEFAULT_GAIN (1.0f)
#define AL_BANDPASS_MIN_GAINHF (0.0f)
#define AL_BANDPASS_MAX_GAINHF (1.0f)
#define AL_BANDPASS_DEFAULT_GAINHF (1.0f)
#define AL_BANDPASS_MIN_GAINLF (0.0f)
#define AL_BANDPASS_MAX_GAINLF (1.0f)
#define AL_BANDPASS_DEFAULT_GAINLF (1.0f)
/* Effect parameter ranges and defaults. */
/* Standard reverb effect */
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_DENSITY (0.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_DENSITY (1.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_DENSITY (1.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_DIFFUSION (0.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_DIFFUSION (1.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_DIFFUSION (1.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_GAIN (0.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_GAIN (1.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_GAIN (0.32f)
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_GAINHF (0.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_GAINHF (1.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_GAINHF (0.89f)
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_DECAY_TIME (0.1f)
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_DECAY_TIME (20.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_TIME (1.49f)
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_DECAY_HFRATIO (0.1f)
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_DECAY_HFRATIO (2.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_HFRATIO (0.83f)
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_REFLECTIONS_GAIN (0.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_REFLECTIONS_GAIN (3.16f)
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_REFLECTIONS_GAIN (0.05f)
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_REFLECTIONS_DELAY (0.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_REFLECTIONS_DELAY (0.3f)
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_REFLECTIONS_DELAY (0.007f)
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_LATE_REVERB_GAIN (0.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_LATE_REVERB_GAIN (10.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_LATE_REVERB_GAIN (1.26f)
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_LATE_REVERB_DELAY (0.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_LATE_REVERB_DELAY (0.1f)
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_LATE_REVERB_DELAY (0.011f)
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF (0.892f)
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF (1.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF (0.994f)
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (0.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (10.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (0.0f)
#define AL_REVERB_MIN_DECAY_HFLIMIT AL_FALSE
#define AL_REVERB_MAX_DECAY_HFLIMIT AL_TRUE
#define AL_REVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_HFLIMIT AL_TRUE
/* EAX reverb effect */
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_DENSITY (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_DENSITY (1.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_DENSITY (1.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_DIFFUSION (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_DIFFUSION (1.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_DIFFUSION (1.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_GAIN (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_GAIN (1.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_GAIN (0.32f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_GAINHF (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_GAINHF (1.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_GAINHF (0.89f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_GAINLF (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_GAINLF (1.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_GAINLF (1.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_DECAY_TIME (0.1f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_DECAY_TIME (20.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_TIME (1.49f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_DECAY_HFRATIO (0.1f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_DECAY_HFRATIO (2.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_HFRATIO (0.83f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_DECAY_LFRATIO (0.1f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_DECAY_LFRATIO (2.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_LFRATIO (1.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_REFLECTIONS_GAIN (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_REFLECTIONS_GAIN (3.16f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_REFLECTIONS_GAIN (0.05f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_REFLECTIONS_DELAY (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_REFLECTIONS_DELAY (0.3f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_REFLECTIONS_DELAY (0.007f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_REFLECTIONS_PAN_XYZ (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_LATE_REVERB_GAIN (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_LATE_REVERB_GAIN (10.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_LATE_REVERB_GAIN (1.26f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_LATE_REVERB_DELAY (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_LATE_REVERB_DELAY (0.1f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_LATE_REVERB_DELAY (0.011f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_LATE_REVERB_PAN_XYZ (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_ECHO_TIME (0.075f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_ECHO_TIME (0.25f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_ECHO_TIME (0.25f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_ECHO_DEPTH (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_ECHO_DEPTH (1.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_ECHO_DEPTH (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_MODULATION_TIME (0.04f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_MODULATION_TIME (4.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_MODULATION_TIME (0.25f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_MODULATION_DEPTH (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_MODULATION_DEPTH (1.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_MODULATION_DEPTH (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF (0.892f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF (1.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_AIR_ABSORPTION_GAINHF (0.994f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_HFREFERENCE (1000.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_HFREFERENCE (20000.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_HFREFERENCE (5000.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_LFREFERENCE (20.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_LFREFERENCE (1000.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_LFREFERENCE (250.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (10.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (0.0f)
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MIN_DECAY_HFLIMIT AL_FALSE
#define AL_EAXREVERB_MAX_DECAY_HFLIMIT AL_TRUE
#define AL_EAXREVERB_DEFAULT_DECAY_HFLIMIT AL_TRUE
/* Chorus effect */
#define AL_CHORUS_WAVEFORM_SINUSOID (0)
#define AL_CHORUS_WAVEFORM_TRIANGLE (1)
#define AL_CHORUS_MIN_WAVEFORM (0)
#define AL_CHORUS_MAX_WAVEFORM (1)
#define AL_CHORUS_DEFAULT_WAVEFORM (1)
#define AL_CHORUS_MIN_PHASE (-180)
#define AL_CHORUS_MAX_PHASE (180)
#define AL_CHORUS_DEFAULT_PHASE (90)
#define AL_CHORUS_MIN_RATE (0.0f)
#define AL_CHORUS_MAX_RATE (10.0f)
#define AL_CHORUS_DEFAULT_RATE (1.1f)
#define AL_CHORUS_MIN_DEPTH (0.0f)
#define AL_CHORUS_MAX_DEPTH (1.0f)
#define AL_CHORUS_DEFAULT_DEPTH (0.1f)
#define AL_CHORUS_MIN_FEEDBACK (-1.0f)
#define AL_CHORUS_MAX_FEEDBACK (1.0f)
#define AL_CHORUS_DEFAULT_FEEDBACK (0.25f)
#define AL_CHORUS_MIN_DELAY (0.0f)
#define AL_CHORUS_MAX_DELAY (0.016f)
#define AL_CHORUS_DEFAULT_DELAY (0.016f)
/* Distortion effect */
#define AL_DISTORTION_MIN_EDGE (0.0f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_MAX_EDGE (1.0f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_DEFAULT_EDGE (0.2f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_MIN_GAIN (0.01f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_MAX_GAIN (1.0f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_DEFAULT_GAIN (0.05f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_MIN_LOWPASS_CUTOFF (80.0f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_MAX_LOWPASS_CUTOFF (24000.0f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_DEFAULT_LOWPASS_CUTOFF (8000.0f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_MIN_EQCENTER (80.0f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_MAX_EQCENTER (24000.0f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_DEFAULT_EQCENTER (3600.0f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_MIN_EQBANDWIDTH (80.0f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_MAX_EQBANDWIDTH (24000.0f)
#define AL_DISTORTION_DEFAULT_EQBANDWIDTH (3600.0f)
/* Echo effect */
#define AL_ECHO_MIN_DELAY (0.0f)
#define AL_ECHO_MAX_DELAY (0.207f)
#define AL_ECHO_DEFAULT_DELAY (0.1f)
#define AL_ECHO_MIN_LRDELAY (0.0f)
#define AL_ECHO_MAX_LRDELAY (0.404f)
#define AL_ECHO_DEFAULT_LRDELAY (0.1f)
#define AL_ECHO_MIN_DAMPING (0.0f)
#define AL_ECHO_MAX_DAMPING (0.99f)
#define AL_ECHO_DEFAULT_DAMPING (0.5f)
#define AL_ECHO_MIN_FEEDBACK (0.0f)
#define AL_ECHO_MAX_FEEDBACK (1.0f)
#define AL_ECHO_DEFAULT_FEEDBACK (0.5f)
#define AL_ECHO_MIN_SPREAD (-1.0f)
#define AL_ECHO_MAX_SPREAD (1.0f)
#define AL_ECHO_DEFAULT_SPREAD (-1.0f)
/* Flanger effect */
#define AL_FLANGER_WAVEFORM_SINUSOID (0)
#define AL_FLANGER_WAVEFORM_TRIANGLE (1)
#define AL_FLANGER_MIN_WAVEFORM (0)
#define AL_FLANGER_MAX_WAVEFORM (1)
#define AL_FLANGER_DEFAULT_WAVEFORM (1)
#define AL_FLANGER_MIN_PHASE (-180)
#define AL_FLANGER_MAX_PHASE (180)
#define AL_FLANGER_DEFAULT_PHASE (0)
#define AL_FLANGER_MIN_RATE (0.0f)
#define AL_FLANGER_MAX_RATE (10.0f)
#define AL_FLANGER_DEFAULT_RATE (0.27f)
#define AL_FLANGER_MIN_DEPTH (0.0f)
#define AL_FLANGER_MAX_DEPTH (1.0f)
#define AL_FLANGER_DEFAULT_DEPTH (1.0f)
#define AL_FLANGER_MIN_FEEDBACK (-1.0f)
#define AL_FLANGER_MAX_FEEDBACK (1.0f)
#define AL_FLANGER_DEFAULT_FEEDBACK (-0.5f)
#define AL_FLANGER_MIN_DELAY (0.0f)
#define AL_FLANGER_MAX_DELAY (0.004f)
#define AL_FLANGER_DEFAULT_DELAY (0.002f)
/* Frequency shifter effect */
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_MIN_FREQUENCY (0.0f)
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_MAX_FREQUENCY (24000.0f)
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY (0.0f)
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_MIN_LEFT_DIRECTION (0)
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_MAX_LEFT_DIRECTION (2)
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_DEFAULT_LEFT_DIRECTION (0)
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_DIRECTION_DOWN (0)
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_DIRECTION_UP (1)
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_DIRECTION_OFF (2)
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_MIN_RIGHT_DIRECTION (0)
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_MAX_RIGHT_DIRECTION (2)
#define AL_FREQUENCY_SHIFTER_DEFAULT_RIGHT_DIRECTION (0)
/* Vocal morpher effect */
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MIN_PHONEMEA (0)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MAX_PHONEMEA (29)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_DEFAULT_PHONEMEA (0)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MIN_PHONEMEA_COARSE_TUNING (-24)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MAX_PHONEMEA_COARSE_TUNING (24)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_DEFAULT_PHONEMEA_COARSE_TUNING (0)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MIN_PHONEMEB (0)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MAX_PHONEMEB (29)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_DEFAULT_PHONEMEB (10)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MIN_PHONEMEB_COARSE_TUNING (-24)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MAX_PHONEMEB_COARSE_TUNING (24)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_DEFAULT_PHONEMEB_COARSE_TUNING (0)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_A (0)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_E (1)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_I (2)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_O (3)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_U (4)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_AA (5)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_AE (6)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_AH (7)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_AO (8)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_EH (9)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_ER (10)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_IH (11)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_IY (12)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_UH (13)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_UW (14)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_B (15)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_D (16)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_F (17)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_G (18)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_J (19)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_K (20)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_L (21)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_M (22)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_N (23)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_P (24)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_R (25)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_S (26)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_T (27)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_V (28)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_PHONEME_Z (29)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_WAVEFORM_SINUSOID (0)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_WAVEFORM_TRIANGLE (1)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_WAVEFORM_SAWTOOTH (2)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MIN_WAVEFORM (0)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MAX_WAVEFORM (2)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_DEFAULT_WAVEFORM (0)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MIN_RATE (0.0f)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_MAX_RATE (10.0f)
#define AL_VOCAL_MORPHER_DEFAULT_RATE (1.41f)
/* Pitch shifter effect */
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_MIN_COARSE_TUNE (-12)
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_MAX_COARSE_TUNE (12)
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_DEFAULT_COARSE_TUNE (12)
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_MIN_FINE_TUNE (-50)
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_MAX_FINE_TUNE (50)
#define AL_PITCH_SHIFTER_DEFAULT_FINE_TUNE (0)
/* Ring modulator effect */
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_MIN_FREQUENCY (0.0f)
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_MAX_FREQUENCY (8000.0f)
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY (440.0f)
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_MIN_HIGHPASS_CUTOFF (0.0f)
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_MAX_HIGHPASS_CUTOFF (24000.0f)
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_DEFAULT_HIGHPASS_CUTOFF (800.0f)
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_SINUSOID (0)
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_SAWTOOTH (1)
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_SQUARE (2)
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_MIN_WAVEFORM (0)
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_MAX_WAVEFORM (2)
#define AL_RING_MODULATOR_DEFAULT_WAVEFORM (0)
/* Autowah effect */
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MIN_ATTACK_TIME (0.0001f)
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MAX_ATTACK_TIME (1.0f)
#define AL_AUTOWAH_DEFAULT_ATTACK_TIME (0.06f)
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MIN_RELEASE_TIME (0.0001f)
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MAX_RELEASE_TIME (1.0f)
#define AL_AUTOWAH_DEFAULT_RELEASE_TIME (0.06f)
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MIN_RESONANCE (2.0f)
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MAX_RESONANCE (1000.0f)
#define AL_AUTOWAH_DEFAULT_RESONANCE (1000.0f)
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MIN_PEAK_GAIN (0.00003f)
#define AL_AUTOWAH_MAX_PEAK_GAIN (31621.0f)
#define AL_AUTOWAH_DEFAULT_PEAK_GAIN (11.22f)
/* Compressor effect */
#define AL_COMPRESSOR_MIN_ONOFF (0)
#define AL_COMPRESSOR_MAX_ONOFF (1)
#define AL_COMPRESSOR_DEFAULT_ONOFF (1)
/* Equalizer effect */
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_LOW_GAIN (0.126f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_LOW_GAIN (7.943f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_LOW_GAIN (1.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_LOW_CUTOFF (50.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_LOW_CUTOFF (800.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_LOW_CUTOFF (200.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_MID1_GAIN (0.126f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_MID1_GAIN (7.943f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_MID1_GAIN (1.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_MID1_CENTER (200.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_MID1_CENTER (3000.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_MID1_CENTER (500.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_MID1_WIDTH (0.01f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_MID1_WIDTH (1.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_MID1_WIDTH (1.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_MID2_GAIN (0.126f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_MID2_GAIN (7.943f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_MID2_GAIN (1.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_MID2_CENTER (1000.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_MID2_CENTER (8000.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_MID2_CENTER (3000.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_MID2_WIDTH (0.01f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_MID2_WIDTH (1.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_MID2_WIDTH (1.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_HIGH_GAIN (0.126f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_HIGH_GAIN (7.943f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_HIGH_GAIN (1.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MIN_HIGH_CUTOFF (4000.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_MAX_HIGH_CUTOFF (16000.0f)
#define AL_EQUALIZER_DEFAULT_HIGH_CUTOFF (6000.0f)
/* Source parameter value ranges and defaults. */
#define AL_MIN_AIR_ABSORPTION_FACTOR (0.0f)
#define AL_MAX_AIR_ABSORPTION_FACTOR (10.0f)
#define AL_DEFAULT_AIR_ABSORPTION_FACTOR (0.0f)
#define AL_MIN_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (0.0f)
#define AL_MAX_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (10.0f)
#define AL_DEFAULT_ROOM_ROLLOFF_FACTOR (0.0f)
#define AL_MIN_CONE_OUTER_GAINHF (0.0f)
#define AL_MAX_CONE_OUTER_GAINHF (1.0f)
#define AL_DEFAULT_CONE_OUTER_GAINHF (1.0f)
#define AL_MIN_DIRECT_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO AL_FALSE
#define AL_MAX_DIRECT_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO AL_TRUE
#define AL_DEFAULT_DIRECT_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO AL_TRUE
#define AL_MIN_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAIN_AUTO AL_FALSE
#define AL_MAX_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAIN_AUTO AL_TRUE
#define AL_DEFAULT_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAIN_AUTO AL_TRUE
#define AL_MIN_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO AL_FALSE
#define AL_MAX_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO AL_TRUE
#define AL_DEFAULT_AUXILIARY_SEND_FILTER_GAINHF_AUTO AL_TRUE
/* Listener parameter value ranges and defaults. */
#define AL_MIN_METERS_PER_UNIT FLT_MIN
#define AL_MAX_METERS_PER_UNIT FLT_MAX
#define AL_DEFAULT_METERS_PER_UNIT (1.0f)
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /* AL_EFX_H */

View File

@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL.h
*
* Main include header for the SDL library
*/
#ifndef _SDL_H
#define _SDL_H
#include "SDL_main.h"
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_assert.h"
#include "SDL_atomic.h"
#include "SDL_audio.h"
#include "SDL_clipboard.h"
#include "SDL_cpuinfo.h"
#include "SDL_endian.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_events.h"
#include "SDL_filesystem.h"
#include "SDL_joystick.h"
#include "SDL_gamecontroller.h"
#include "SDL_haptic.h"
#include "SDL_hints.h"
#include "SDL_loadso.h"
#include "SDL_log.h"
#include "SDL_messagebox.h"
#include "SDL_mutex.h"
#include "SDL_power.h"
#include "SDL_render.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "SDL_system.h"
#include "SDL_thread.h"
#include "SDL_timer.h"
#include "SDL_version.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* As of version 0.5, SDL is loaded dynamically into the application */
/**
* \name SDL_INIT_*
*
* These are the flags which may be passed to SDL_Init(). You should
* specify the subsystems which you will be using in your application.
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_INIT_TIMER 0x00000001
#define SDL_INIT_AUDIO 0x00000010
#define SDL_INIT_VIDEO 0x00000020 /**< SDL_INIT_VIDEO implies SDL_INIT_EVENTS */
#define SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK 0x00000200 /**< SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK implies SDL_INIT_EVENTS */
#define SDL_INIT_HAPTIC 0x00001000
#define SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER 0x00002000 /**< SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER implies SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK */
#define SDL_INIT_EVENTS 0x00004000
#define SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE 0x00100000 /**< compatibility; this flag is ignored. */
#define SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING ( \
SDL_INIT_TIMER | SDL_INIT_AUDIO | SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_EVENTS | \
SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK | SDL_INIT_HAPTIC | SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER \
)
/* @} */
/**
* This function initializes the subsystems specified by \c flags
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Init(Uint32 flags);
/**
* This function initializes specific SDL subsystems
*
* Subsystem initialization is ref-counted, you must call
* SDL_QuitSubSystem for each SDL_InitSubSystem to correctly
* shutdown a subsystem manually (or call SDL_Quit to force shutdown).
* If a subsystem is already loaded then this call will
* increase the ref-count and return.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_InitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
/**
* This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_QuitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
/**
* This function returns a mask of the specified subsystems which have
* previously been initialized.
*
* If \c flags is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_WasInit(Uint32 flags);
/**
* This function cleans up all initialized subsystems. You should
* call it upon all exit conditions.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Quit(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_H */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,289 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_assert_h
#define _SDL_assert_h
#include "SDL_config.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifndef SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL
#ifdef SDL_DEFAULT_ASSERT_LEVEL
#define SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL SDL_DEFAULT_ASSERT_LEVEL
#elif defined(_DEBUG) || defined(DEBUG) || \
(defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__OPTIMIZE__))
#define SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL 2
#else
#define SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL 1
#endif
#endif /* SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL */
/*
These are macros and not first class functions so that the debugger breaks
on the assertion line and not in some random guts of SDL, and so each
assert can have unique static variables associated with it.
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
/* Don't include intrin.h here because it contains C++ code */
extern void __cdecl __debugbreak(void);
#define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() __debugbreak()
#elif (!defined(__NACL__) && defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)))
#define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() __asm__ __volatile__ ( "int $3\n\t" )
#elif defined(HAVE_SIGNAL_H)
#include <signal.h>
#define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() raise(SIGTRAP)
#else
/* How do we trigger breakpoints on this platform? */
#define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint()
#endif
#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) /* C99 supports __func__ as a standard. */
# define SDL_FUNCTION __func__
#elif ((__GNUC__ >= 2) || defined(_MSC_VER))
# define SDL_FUNCTION __FUNCTION__
#else
# define SDL_FUNCTION "???"
#endif
#define SDL_FILE __FILE__
#define SDL_LINE __LINE__
/*
sizeof (x) makes the compiler still parse the expression even without
assertions enabled, so the code is always checked at compile time, but
doesn't actually generate code for it, so there are no side effects or
expensive checks at run time, just the constant size of what x WOULD be,
which presumably gets optimized out as unused.
This also solves the problem of...
int somevalue = blah();
SDL_assert(somevalue == 1);
...which would cause compiles to complain that somevalue is unused if we
disable assertions.
*/
/* "while (0,0)" fools Microsoft's compiler's /W4 warning level into thinking
this condition isn't constant. And looks like an owl's face! */
#ifdef _MSC_VER /* stupid /W4 warnings. */
#define SDL_NULL_WHILE_LOOP_CONDITION (0,0)
#else
#define SDL_NULL_WHILE_LOOP_CONDITION (0)
#endif
#define SDL_disabled_assert(condition) \
do { (void) sizeof ((condition)); } while (SDL_NULL_WHILE_LOOP_CONDITION)
typedef enum
{
SDL_ASSERTION_RETRY, /**< Retry the assert immediately. */
SDL_ASSERTION_BREAK, /**< Make the debugger trigger a breakpoint. */
SDL_ASSERTION_ABORT, /**< Terminate the program. */
SDL_ASSERTION_IGNORE, /**< Ignore the assert. */
SDL_ASSERTION_ALWAYS_IGNORE /**< Ignore the assert from now on. */
} SDL_AssertState;
typedef struct SDL_AssertData
{
int always_ignore;
unsigned int trigger_count;
const char *condition;
const char *filename;
int linenum;
const char *function;
const struct SDL_AssertData *next;
} SDL_AssertData;
#if (SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL > 0)
/* Never call this directly. Use the SDL_assert* macros. */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AssertState SDLCALL SDL_ReportAssertion(SDL_AssertData *,
const char *,
const char *, int)
#if defined(__clang__)
#if __has_feature(attribute_analyzer_noreturn)
/* this tells Clang's static analysis that we're a custom assert function,
and that the analyzer should assume the condition was always true past this
SDL_assert test. */
__attribute__((analyzer_noreturn))
#endif
#endif
;
/* the do {} while(0) avoids dangling else problems:
if (x) SDL_assert(y); else blah();
... without the do/while, the "else" could attach to this macro's "if".
We try to handle just the minimum we need here in a macro...the loop,
the static vars, and break points. The heavy lifting is handled in
SDL_ReportAssertion(), in SDL_assert.c.
*/
#define SDL_enabled_assert(condition) \
do { \
while ( !(condition) ) { \
static struct SDL_AssertData sdl_assert_data = { \
0, 0, #condition, 0, 0, 0, 0 \
}; \
const SDL_AssertState sdl_assert_state = SDL_ReportAssertion(&sdl_assert_data, SDL_FUNCTION, SDL_FILE, SDL_LINE); \
if (sdl_assert_state == SDL_ASSERTION_RETRY) { \
continue; /* go again. */ \
} else if (sdl_assert_state == SDL_ASSERTION_BREAK) { \
SDL_TriggerBreakpoint(); \
} \
break; /* not retrying. */ \
} \
} while (SDL_NULL_WHILE_LOOP_CONDITION)
#endif /* enabled assertions support code */
/* Enable various levels of assertions. */
#if SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 0 /* assertions disabled */
# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
#elif SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 1 /* release settings. */
# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
#elif SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 2 /* normal settings. */
# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
#elif SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 3 /* paranoid settings. */
# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
#else
# error Unknown assertion level.
#endif
/* this assertion is never disabled at any level. */
#define SDL_assert_always(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
typedef SDL_AssertState (SDLCALL *SDL_AssertionHandler)(
const SDL_AssertData* data, void* userdata);
/**
* \brief Set an application-defined assertion handler.
*
* This allows an app to show its own assertion UI and/or force the
* response to an assertion failure. If the app doesn't provide this, SDL
* will try to do the right thing, popping up a system-specific GUI dialog,
* and probably minimizing any fullscreen windows.
*
* This callback may fire from any thread, but it runs wrapped in a mutex, so
* it will only fire from one thread at a time.
*
* Setting the callback to NULL restores SDL's original internal handler.
*
* This callback is NOT reset to SDL's internal handler upon SDL_Quit()!
*
* \return SDL_AssertState value of how to handle the assertion failure.
*
* \param handler Callback function, called when an assertion fails.
* \param userdata A pointer passed to the callback as-is.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetAssertionHandler(
SDL_AssertionHandler handler,
void *userdata);
/**
* \brief Get the default assertion handler.
*
* This returns the function pointer that is called by default when an
* assertion is triggered. This is an internal function provided by SDL,
* that is used for assertions when SDL_SetAssertionHandler() hasn't been
* used to provide a different function.
*
* \return The default SDL_AssertionHandler that is called when an assert triggers.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AssertionHandler SDLCALL SDL_GetDefaultAssertionHandler(void);
/**
* \brief Get the current assertion handler.
*
* This returns the function pointer that is called when an assertion is
* triggered. This is either the value last passed to
* SDL_SetAssertionHandler(), or if no application-specified function is
* set, is equivalent to calling SDL_GetDefaultAssertionHandler().
*
* \param puserdata Pointer to a void*, which will store the "userdata"
* pointer that was passed to SDL_SetAssertionHandler().
* This value will always be NULL for the default handler.
* If you don't care about this data, it is safe to pass
* a NULL pointer to this function to ignore it.
* \return The SDL_AssertionHandler that is called when an assert triggers.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AssertionHandler SDLCALL SDL_GetAssertionHandler(void **puserdata);
/**
* \brief Get a list of all assertion failures.
*
* Get all assertions triggered since last call to SDL_ResetAssertionReport(),
* or the start of the program.
*
* The proper way to examine this data looks something like this:
*
* <code>
* const SDL_AssertData *item = SDL_GetAssertionReport();
* while (item) {
* printf("'%s', %s (%s:%d), triggered %u times, always ignore: %s.\n",
* item->condition, item->function, item->filename,
* item->linenum, item->trigger_count,
* item->always_ignore ? "yes" : "no");
* item = item->next;
* }
* </code>
*
* \return List of all assertions.
* \sa SDL_ResetAssertionReport
*/
extern DECLSPEC const SDL_AssertData * SDLCALL SDL_GetAssertionReport(void);
/**
* \brief Reset the list of all assertion failures.
*
* Reset list of all assertions triggered.
*
* \sa SDL_GetAssertionReport
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ResetAssertionReport(void);
/* these had wrong naming conventions until 2.0.4. Please update your app! */
#define SDL_assert_state SDL_AssertState
#define SDL_assert_data SDL_AssertData
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_assert_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_atomic.h
*
* Atomic operations.
*
* IMPORTANT:
* If you are not an expert in concurrent lockless programming, you should
* only be using the atomic lock and reference counting functions in this
* file. In all other cases you should be protecting your data structures
* with full mutexes.
*
* The list of "safe" functions to use are:
* SDL_AtomicLock()
* SDL_AtomicUnlock()
* SDL_AtomicIncRef()
* SDL_AtomicDecRef()
*
* Seriously, here be dragons!
* ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
*
* You can find out a little more about lockless programming and the
* subtle issues that can arise here:
* http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee418650%28v=vs.85%29.aspx
*
* There's also lots of good information here:
* http://www.1024cores.net/home/lock-free-algorithms
* http://preshing.com/
*
* These operations may or may not actually be implemented using
* processor specific atomic operations. When possible they are
* implemented as true processor specific atomic operations. When that
* is not possible the are implemented using locks that *do* use the
* available atomic operations.
*
* All of the atomic operations that modify memory are full memory barriers.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_atomic_h_
#define _SDL_atomic_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_platform.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \name SDL AtomicLock
*
* The atomic locks are efficient spinlocks using CPU instructions,
* but are vulnerable to starvation and can spin forever if a thread
* holding a lock has been terminated. For this reason you should
* minimize the code executed inside an atomic lock and never do
* expensive things like API or system calls while holding them.
*
* The atomic locks are not safe to lock recursively.
*
* Porting Note:
* The spin lock functions and type are required and can not be
* emulated because they are used in the atomic emulation code.
*/
/* @{ */
typedef int SDL_SpinLock;
/**
* \brief Try to lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
*
* \param lock Points to the lock.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the lock succeeded, SDL_FALSE if the lock is already held.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicTryLock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
/**
* \brief Lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
*
* \param lock Points to the lock.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AtomicLock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
/**
* \brief Unlock a spin lock by setting it to 0. Always returns immediately
*
* \param lock Points to the lock.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AtomicUnlock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
/* @} *//* SDL AtomicLock */
/**
* The compiler barrier prevents the compiler from reordering
* reads and writes to globally visible variables across the call.
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER > 1200)
void _ReadWriteBarrier(void);
#pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier)
#define SDL_CompilerBarrier() _ReadWriteBarrier()
#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)) || (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && (__SUNPRO_C >= 0x5120))
/* This is correct for all CPUs when using GCC or Solaris Studio 12.1+. */
#define SDL_CompilerBarrier() __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
#else
#define SDL_CompilerBarrier() \
{ SDL_SpinLock _tmp = 0; SDL_AtomicLock(&_tmp); SDL_AtomicUnlock(&_tmp); }
#endif
/**
* Memory barriers are designed to prevent reads and writes from being
* reordered by the compiler and being seen out of order on multi-core CPUs.
*
* A typical pattern would be for thread A to write some data and a flag,
* and for thread B to read the flag and get the data. In this case you
* would insert a release barrier between writing the data and the flag,
* guaranteeing that the data write completes no later than the flag is
* written, and you would insert an acquire barrier between reading the
* flag and reading the data, to ensure that all the reads associated
* with the flag have completed.
*
* In this pattern you should always see a release barrier paired with
* an acquire barrier and you should gate the data reads/writes with a
* single flag variable.
*
* For more information on these semantics, take a look at the blog post:
* http://preshing.com/20120913/acquire-and-release-semantics
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("lwsync" : : : "memory")
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("lwsync" : : : "memory")
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__)
#if defined(__ARM_ARCH_7__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7A__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7R__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7M__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7S__)
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
#elif defined(__ARM_ARCH_6__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6J__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6K__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6T2__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6Z__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6ZK__)
#ifdef __thumb__
/* The mcr instruction isn't available in thumb mode, use real functions */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease();
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire();
#else
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c7, c10, 5" : : "r"(0) : "memory")
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c7, c10, 5" : : "r"(0) : "memory")
#endif /* __thumb__ */
#else
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
#endif /* __GNUC__ && __arm__ */
#else
#if (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && (__SUNPRO_C >= 0x5120))
/* This is correct for all CPUs on Solaris when using Solaris Studio 12.1+. */
#include <mbarrier.h>
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __machine_rel_barrier()
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __machine_acq_barrier()
#else
/* This is correct for the x86 and x64 CPUs, and we'll expand this over time. */
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() SDL_CompilerBarrier()
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() SDL_CompilerBarrier()
#endif
#endif
/**
* \brief A type representing an atomic integer value. It is a struct
* so people don't accidentally use numeric operations on it.
*/
typedef struct { int value; } SDL_atomic_t;
/**
* \brief Set an atomic variable to a new value if it is currently an old value.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the atomic variable was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*
* \note If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use it!
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicCAS(SDL_atomic_t *a, int oldval, int newval);
/**
* \brief Set an atomic variable to a value.
*
* \return The previous value of the atomic variable.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicSet(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v);
/**
* \brief Get the value of an atomic variable
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicGet(SDL_atomic_t *a);
/**
* \brief Add to an atomic variable.
*
* \return The previous value of the atomic variable.
*
* \note This same style can be used for any number operation
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AtomicAdd(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v);
/**
* \brief Increment an atomic variable used as a reference count.
*/
#ifndef SDL_AtomicIncRef
#define SDL_AtomicIncRef(a) SDL_AtomicAdd(a, 1)
#endif
/**
* \brief Decrement an atomic variable used as a reference count.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the variable reached zero after decrementing,
* SDL_FALSE otherwise
*/
#ifndef SDL_AtomicDecRef
#define SDL_AtomicDecRef(a) (SDL_AtomicAdd(a, -1) == 1)
#endif
/**
* \brief Set a pointer to a new value if it is currently an old value.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the pointer was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*
* \note If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use it!
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicCASPtr(void **a, void *oldval, void *newval);
/**
* \brief Set a pointer to a value atomically.
*
* \return The previous value of the pointer.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void* SDLCALL SDL_AtomicSetPtr(void **a, void* v);
/**
* \brief Get the value of a pointer atomically.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void* SDLCALL SDL_AtomicGetPtr(void **a);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_atomic_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,605 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_audio.h
*
* Access to the raw audio mixing buffer for the SDL library.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_audio_h
#define _SDL_audio_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_endian.h"
#include "SDL_mutex.h"
#include "SDL_thread.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Audio format flags.
*
* These are what the 16 bits in SDL_AudioFormat currently mean...
* (Unspecified bits are always zero).
*
* \verbatim
++-----------------------sample is signed if set
||
|| ++-----------sample is bigendian if set
|| ||
|| || ++---sample is float if set
|| || ||
|| || || +---sample bit size---+
|| || || | |
15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00
\endverbatim
*
* There are macros in SDL 2.0 and later to query these bits.
*/
typedef Uint16 SDL_AudioFormat;
/**
* \name Audio flags
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_BITSIZE (0xFF)
#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_DATATYPE (1<<8)
#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_ENDIAN (1<<12)
#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_SIGNED (1<<15)
#define SDL_AUDIO_BITSIZE(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_BITSIZE)
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISFLOAT(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_DATATYPE)
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISBIGENDIAN(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_ENDIAN)
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISSIGNED(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_SIGNED)
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISINT(x) (!SDL_AUDIO_ISFLOAT(x))
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISLITTLEENDIAN(x) (!SDL_AUDIO_ISBIGENDIAN(x))
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISUNSIGNED(x) (!SDL_AUDIO_ISSIGNED(x))
/**
* \name Audio format flags
*
* Defaults to LSB byte order.
*/
/* @{ */
#define AUDIO_U8 0x0008 /**< Unsigned 8-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_S8 0x8008 /**< Signed 8-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_U16LSB 0x0010 /**< Unsigned 16-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_S16LSB 0x8010 /**< Signed 16-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_U16MSB 0x1010 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_S16MSB 0x9010 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_U16 AUDIO_U16LSB
#define AUDIO_S16 AUDIO_S16LSB
/* @} */
/**
* \name int32 support
*/
/* @{ */
#define AUDIO_S32LSB 0x8020 /**< 32-bit integer samples */
#define AUDIO_S32MSB 0x9020 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_S32 AUDIO_S32LSB
/* @} */
/**
* \name float32 support
*/
/* @{ */
#define AUDIO_F32LSB 0x8120 /**< 32-bit floating point samples */
#define AUDIO_F32MSB 0x9120 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_F32 AUDIO_F32LSB
/* @} */
/**
* \name Native audio byte ordering
*/
/* @{ */
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#define AUDIO_U16SYS AUDIO_U16LSB
#define AUDIO_S16SYS AUDIO_S16LSB
#define AUDIO_S32SYS AUDIO_S32LSB
#define AUDIO_F32SYS AUDIO_F32LSB
#else
#define AUDIO_U16SYS AUDIO_U16MSB
#define AUDIO_S16SYS AUDIO_S16MSB
#define AUDIO_S32SYS AUDIO_S32MSB
#define AUDIO_F32SYS AUDIO_F32MSB
#endif
/* @} */
/**
* \name Allow change flags
*
* Which audio format changes are allowed when opening a device.
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE 0x00000001
#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE 0x00000002
#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE 0x00000004
#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_ANY_CHANGE (SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE)
/* @} */
/* @} *//* Audio flags */
/**
* This function is called when the audio device needs more data.
*
* \param userdata An application-specific parameter saved in
* the SDL_AudioSpec structure
* \param stream A pointer to the audio data buffer.
* \param len The length of that buffer in bytes.
*
* Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid.
* Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.
*
* You can choose to avoid callbacks and use SDL_QueueAudio() instead, if
* you like. Just open your audio device with a NULL callback.
*/
typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_AudioCallback) (void *userdata, Uint8 * stream,
int len);
/**
* The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
*/
typedef struct SDL_AudioSpec
{
int freq; /**< DSP frequency -- samples per second */
SDL_AudioFormat format; /**< Audio data format */
Uint8 channels; /**< Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo */
Uint8 silence; /**< Audio buffer silence value (calculated) */
Uint16 samples; /**< Audio buffer size in samples (power of 2) */
Uint16 padding; /**< Necessary for some compile environments */
Uint32 size; /**< Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated) */
SDL_AudioCallback callback; /**< Callback that feeds the audio device (NULL to use SDL_QueueAudio()). */
void *userdata; /**< Userdata passed to callback (ignored for NULL callbacks). */
} SDL_AudioSpec;
struct SDL_AudioCVT;
typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_AudioFilter) (struct SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
SDL_AudioFormat format);
/**
* A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers.
*/
#ifdef __GNUC__
/* This structure is 84 bytes on 32-bit architectures, make sure GCC doesn't
pad it out to 88 bytes to guarantee ABI compatibility between compilers.
vvv
The next time we rev the ABI, make sure to size the ints and add padding.
*/
#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED __attribute__((packed))
#else
#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED
#endif
/* */
typedef struct SDL_AudioCVT
{
int needed; /**< Set to 1 if conversion possible */
SDL_AudioFormat src_format; /**< Source audio format */
SDL_AudioFormat dst_format; /**< Target audio format */
double rate_incr; /**< Rate conversion increment */
Uint8 *buf; /**< Buffer to hold entire audio data */
int len; /**< Length of original audio buffer */
int len_cvt; /**< Length of converted audio buffer */
int len_mult; /**< buffer must be len*len_mult big */
double len_ratio; /**< Given len, final size is len*len_ratio */
SDL_AudioFilter filters[10]; /**< Filter list */
int filter_index; /**< Current audio conversion function */
} SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED SDL_AudioCVT;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \name Driver discovery functions
*
* These functions return the list of built in audio drivers, in the
* order that they are normally initialized by default.
*/
/* @{ */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAudioDrivers(void);
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDriver(int index);
/* @} */
/**
* \name Initialization and cleanup
*
* \internal These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless
* you have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to
* use. You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
*/
/* @{ */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioInit(const char *driver_name);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AudioQuit(void);
/* @} */
/**
* This function returns the name of the current audio driver, or NULL
* if no driver has been initialized.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetCurrentAudioDriver(void);
/**
* This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and
* returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
* structure pointed to by \c obtained. If \c obtained is NULL, the audio
* data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the
* requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware
* audio format if necessary. This function returns -1 if it failed
* to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread.
*
* When filling in the desired audio spec structure,
* - \c desired->freq should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-
* second.
* - \c desired->format should be the desired audio format.
* - \c desired->samples is the desired size of the audio buffer, in
* samples. This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by
* the audio driver to a value more suitable for the hardware. Good values
* seem to range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the
* application and CPU speed. Smaller values yield faster response time,
* but can lead to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing
* and cannot fill the audio buffer in time. A stereo sample consists of
* both right and left channels in LR ordering.
* Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the
* following formula: \code ms = (samples*1000)/freq \endcode
* - \c desired->size is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is
* calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
* - \c desired->silence is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
* and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
* - \c desired->callback should be set to a function that will be called
* when the audio device is ready for more data. It is passed a pointer
* to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
* This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
* protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio()
* and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code. Alternately, you may pass a NULL
* pointer here, and call SDL_QueueAudio() with some frequency, to queue
* more audio samples to be played.
* - \c desired->userdata is passed as the first parameter to your callback
* function. If you passed a NULL callback, this value is ignored.
*
* The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should
* be enabled for playing by calling \c SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready
* for your audio callback function to be called. Since the audio driver
* may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate
* any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudio(SDL_AudioSpec * desired,
SDL_AudioSpec * obtained);
/**
* SDL Audio Device IDs.
*
* A successful call to SDL_OpenAudio() is always device id 1, and legacy
* SDL audio APIs assume you want this device ID. SDL_OpenAudioDevice() calls
* always returns devices >= 2 on success. The legacy calls are good both
* for backwards compatibility and when you don't care about multiple,
* specific, or capture devices.
*/
typedef Uint32 SDL_AudioDeviceID;
/**
* Get the number of available devices exposed by the current driver.
* Only valid after a successfully initializing the audio subsystem.
* Returns -1 if an explicit list of devices can't be determined; this is
* not an error. For example, if SDL is set up to talk to a remote audio
* server, it can't list every one available on the Internet, but it will
* still allow a specific host to be specified to SDL_OpenAudioDevice().
*
* In many common cases, when this function returns a value <= 0, it can still
* successfully open the default device (NULL for first argument of
* SDL_OpenAudioDevice()).
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(int iscapture);
/**
* Get the human-readable name of a specific audio device.
* Must be a value between 0 and (number of audio devices-1).
* Only valid after a successfully initializing the audio subsystem.
* The values returned by this function reflect the latest call to
* SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(); recall that function to redetect available
* hardware.
*
* The string returned by this function is UTF-8 encoded, read-only, and
* managed internally. You are not to free it. If you need to keep the
* string for any length of time, you should make your own copy of it, as it
* will be invalid next time any of several other SDL functions is called.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(int index,
int iscapture);
/**
* Open a specific audio device. Passing in a device name of NULL requests
* the most reasonable default (and is equivalent to calling SDL_OpenAudio()).
*
* The device name is a UTF-8 string reported by SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(), but
* some drivers allow arbitrary and driver-specific strings, such as a
* hostname/IP address for a remote audio server, or a filename in the
* diskaudio driver.
*
* \return 0 on error, a valid device ID that is >= 2 on success.
*
* SDL_OpenAudio(), unlike this function, always acts on device ID 1.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioDeviceID SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudioDevice(const char
*device,
int iscapture,
const
SDL_AudioSpec *
desired,
SDL_AudioSpec *
obtained,
int
allowed_changes);
/**
* \name Audio state
*
* Get the current audio state.
*/
/* @{ */
typedef enum
{
SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED = 0,
SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING,
SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
} SDL_AudioStatus;
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioStatus(void);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL
SDL_GetAudioDeviceStatus(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/* @} *//* Audio State */
/**
* \name Pause audio functions
*
* These functions pause and unpause the audio callback processing.
* They should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio
* device to start playing sound. This is so you can safely initialize
* data for your callback function after opening the audio device.
* Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause.
*/
/* @{ */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudio(int pause_on);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev,
int pause_on);
/* @} *//* Pause audio functions */
/**
* This function loads a WAVE from the data source, automatically freeing
* that source if \c freesrc is non-zero. For example, to load a WAVE file,
* you could do:
* \code
* SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...);
* \endcode
*
* If this function succeeds, it returns the given SDL_AudioSpec,
* filled with the audio data format of the wave data, and sets
* \c *audio_buf to a malloc()'d buffer containing the audio data,
* and sets \c *audio_len to the length of that audio buffer, in bytes.
* You need to free the audio buffer with SDL_FreeWAV() when you are
* done with it.
*
* This function returns NULL and sets the SDL error message if the
* wave file cannot be opened, uses an unknown data format, or is
* corrupt. Currently raw and MS-ADPCM WAVE files are supported.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioSpec *SDLCALL SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops * src,
int freesrc,
SDL_AudioSpec * spec,
Uint8 ** audio_buf,
Uint32 * audio_len);
/**
* Loads a WAV from a file.
* Compatibility convenience function.
*/
#define SDL_LoadWAV(file, spec, audio_buf, audio_len) \
SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"),1, spec,audio_buf,audio_len)
/**
* This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeWAV(Uint8 * audio_buf);
/**
* This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format
* and rate, and initializes the \c cvt structure with information needed
* by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format
* to the other.
*
* \return -1 if the format conversion is not supported, 0 if there's
* no conversion needed, or 1 if the audio filter is set up.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_BuildAudioCVT(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
SDL_AudioFormat src_format,
Uint8 src_channels,
int src_rate,
SDL_AudioFormat dst_format,
Uint8 dst_channels,
int dst_rate);
/**
* Once you have initialized the \c cvt structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(),
* created an audio buffer \c cvt->buf, and filled it with \c cvt->len bytes of
* audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place
* to the desired format.
*
* The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer
* \c cvt->buf should be allocated after the \c cvt structure is initialized by
* SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be \c cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertAudio(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt);
#define SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME 128
/**
* This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes
* them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping.
* The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to ::SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
* for full audio volume. Note this does not change hardware volume.
* This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudio(Uint8 * dst, const Uint8 * src,
Uint32 len, int volume);
/**
* This works like SDL_MixAudio(), but you specify the audio format instead of
* using the format of audio device 1. Thus it can be used when no audio
* device is open at all.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudioFormat(Uint8 * dst,
const Uint8 * src,
SDL_AudioFormat format,
Uint32 len, int volume);
/**
* Queue more audio on non-callback devices.
*
* SDL offers two ways to feed audio to the device: you can either supply a
* callback that SDL triggers with some frequency to obtain more audio
* (pull method), or you can supply no callback, and then SDL will expect
* you to supply data at regular intervals (push method) with this function.
*
* There are no limits on the amount of data you can queue, short of
* exhaustion of address space. Queued data will drain to the device as
* necessary without further intervention from you. If the device needs
* audio but there is not enough queued, it will play silence to make up
* the difference. This means you will have skips in your audio playback
* if you aren't routinely queueing sufficient data.
*
* This function copies the supplied data, so you are safe to free it when
* the function returns. This function is thread-safe, but queueing to the
* same device from two threads at once does not promise which buffer will
* be queued first.
*
* You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
* callback; doing so returns an error. You have to use the audio callback
* or queue audio with this function, but not both.
*
* You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before queueing; SDL
* handles locking internally for this function.
*
* \param dev The device ID to which we will queue audio.
* \param data The data to queue to the device for later playback.
* \param len The number of bytes (not samples!) to which (data) points.
* \return zero on success, -1 on error.
*
* \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
* \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_QueueAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev, const void *data, Uint32 len);
/**
* Get the number of bytes of still-queued audio.
*
* This is the number of bytes that have been queued for playback with
* SDL_QueueAudio(), but have not yet been sent to the hardware.
*
* Once we've sent it to the hardware, this function can not decide the exact
* byte boundary of what has been played. It's possible that we just gave the
* hardware several kilobytes right before you called this function, but it
* hasn't played any of it yet, or maybe half of it, etc.
*
* You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
* callback; calling this function on such a device always returns 0.
* You have to use the audio callback or queue audio with SDL_QueueAudio(),
* but not both.
*
* You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before querying; SDL
* handles locking internally for this function.
*
* \param dev The device ID of which we will query queued audio size.
* \return Number of bytes (not samples!) of queued audio.
*
* \sa SDL_QueueAudio
* \sa SDL_ClearQueuedAudio
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/**
* Drop any queued audio data waiting to be sent to the hardware.
*
* Immediately after this call, SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize() will return 0 and
* the hardware will start playing silence if more audio isn't queued.
*
* This will not prevent playback of queued audio that's already been sent
* to the hardware, as we can not undo that, so expect there to be some
* fraction of a second of audio that might still be heard. This can be
* useful if you want to, say, drop any pending music during a level change
* in your game.
*
* You may not queue audio on a device that is using an application-supplied
* callback; calling this function on such a device is always a no-op.
* You have to use the audio callback or queue audio with SDL_QueueAudio(),
* but not both.
*
* You should not call SDL_LockAudio() on the device before clearing the
* queue; SDL handles locking internally for this function.
*
* This function always succeeds and thus returns void.
*
* \param dev The device ID of which to clear the audio queue.
*
* \sa SDL_QueueAudio
* \sa SDL_GetQueuedAudioSize
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearQueuedAudio(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/**
* \name Audio lock functions
*
* The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function.
* During a SDL_LockAudio()/SDL_UnlockAudio() pair, you can be guaranteed that
* the callback function is not running. Do not call these from the callback
* function or you will cause deadlock.
*/
/* @{ */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudio(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudio(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/* @} *//* Audio lock functions */
/**
* This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudio(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_audio_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_bits.h
*
* Functions for fiddling with bits and bitmasks.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_bits_h
#define _SDL_bits_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_bits.h
*/
/**
* Get the index of the most significant bit. Result is undefined when called
* with 0. This operation can also be stated as "count leading zeroes" and
* "log base 2".
*
* \return Index of the most significant bit, or -1 if the value is 0.
*/
SDL_FORCE_INLINE int
SDL_MostSignificantBitIndex32(Uint32 x)
{
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4
/* Count Leading Zeroes builtin in GCC.
* http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-4.3.4/gcc/Other-Builtins.html
*/
if (x == 0) {
return -1;
}
return 31 - __builtin_clz(x);
#else
/* Based off of Bit Twiddling Hacks by Sean Eron Anderson
* <seander@cs.stanford.edu>, released in the public domain.
* http://graphics.stanford.edu/~seander/bithacks.html#IntegerLog
*/
const Uint32 b[] = {0x2, 0xC, 0xF0, 0xFF00, 0xFFFF0000};
const int S[] = {1, 2, 4, 8, 16};
int msbIndex = 0;
int i;
if (x == 0) {
return -1;
}
for (i = 4; i >= 0; i--)
{
if (x & b[i])
{
x >>= S[i];
msbIndex |= S[i];
}
}
return msbIndex;
#endif
}
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_bits_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_blendmode.h
*
* Header file declaring the SDL_BlendMode enumeration
*/
#ifndef _SDL_blendmode_h
#define _SDL_blendmode_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief The blend mode used in SDL_RenderCopy() and drawing operations.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE = 0x00000000, /**< no blending
dstRGBA = srcRGBA */
SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND = 0x00000001, /**< alpha blending
dstRGB = (srcRGB * srcA) + (dstRGB * (1-srcA))
dstA = srcA + (dstA * (1-srcA)) */
SDL_BLENDMODE_ADD = 0x00000002, /**< additive blending
dstRGB = (srcRGB * srcA) + dstRGB
dstA = dstA */
SDL_BLENDMODE_MOD = 0x00000004 /**< color modulate
dstRGB = srcRGB * dstRGB
dstA = dstA */
} SDL_BlendMode;
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_blendmode_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_clipboard.h
*
* Include file for SDL clipboard handling
*/
#ifndef _SDL_clipboard_h
#define _SDL_clipboard_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Put UTF-8 text into the clipboard
*
* \sa SDL_GetClipboardText()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetClipboardText(const char *text);
/**
* \brief Get UTF-8 text from the clipboard, which must be freed with SDL_free()
*
* \sa SDL_SetClipboardText()
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GetClipboardText(void);
/**
* \brief Returns a flag indicating whether the clipboard exists and contains a text string that is non-empty
*
* \sa SDL_GetClipboardText()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasClipboardText(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_clipboard_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_config_h
#define _SDL_config_h
#include "SDL_platform.h"
/**
* \file SDL_config.h
*/
/* Add any platform that doesn't build using the configure system. */
#ifdef USING_PREMAKE_CONFIG_H
#include "SDL_config_premake.h"
#elif defined(__WIN32__)
#include "SDL_config_windows.h"
#elif defined(__WINRT__)
#include "SDL_config_winrt.h"
#elif defined(__MACOSX__)
#include "SDL_config_macosx.h"
#elif defined(__IPHONEOS__)
#include "SDL_config_iphoneos.h"
#elif defined(__ANDROID__)
#include "SDL_config_android.h"
#elif defined(__PSP__)
#include "SDL_config_psp.h"
#else
/* This is a minimal configuration just to get SDL running on new platforms */
#include "SDL_config_minimal.h"
#endif /* platform config */
#ifdef USING_GENERATED_CONFIG_H
#error Wrong SDL_config.h, check your include path?
#endif
#endif /* _SDL_config_h */

View File

@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_config_macosx_h
#define _SDL_config_macosx_h
#include "SDL_platform.h"
/* This gets us MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED... */
#include <AvailabilityMacros.h>
/* This is a set of defines to configure the SDL features */
#ifdef __LP64__
#define SIZEOF_VOIDP 8
#else
#define SIZEOF_VOIDP 4
#endif
/* Useful headers */
#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
#define HAVE_CTYPE_H 1
#define HAVE_MATH_H 1
#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1
/* C library functions */
#define HAVE_MALLOC 1
#define HAVE_CALLOC 1
#define HAVE_REALLOC 1
#define HAVE_FREE 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#define HAVE_GETENV 1
#define HAVE_SETENV 1
#define HAVE_PUTENV 1
#define HAVE_UNSETENV 1
#define HAVE_QSORT 1
#define HAVE_ABS 1
#define HAVE_BCOPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMSET 1
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
#define HAVE_MEMCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRLEN 1
#define HAVE_STRLCPY 1
#define HAVE_STRLCAT 1
#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRSTR 1
#define HAVE_STRTOL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOUL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOULL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOD 1
#define HAVE_ATOI 1
#define HAVE_ATOF 1
#define HAVE_STRCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRNCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
#define HAVE_STRNCASECMP 1
#define HAVE_VSSCANF 1
#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1
#define HAVE_CEIL 1
#define HAVE_COPYSIGN 1
#define HAVE_COS 1
#define HAVE_COSF 1
#define HAVE_FABS 1
#define HAVE_FLOOR 1
#define HAVE_LOG 1
#define HAVE_POW 1
#define HAVE_SCALBN 1
#define HAVE_SIN 1
#define HAVE_SINF 1
#define HAVE_SQRT 1
#define HAVE_SQRTF 1
#define HAVE_TAN 1
#define HAVE_TANF 1
#define HAVE_SIGACTION 1
#define HAVE_SETJMP 1
#define HAVE_NANOSLEEP 1
#define HAVE_SYSCONF 1
#define HAVE_SYSCTLBYNAME 1
#define HAVE_ATAN 1
#define HAVE_ATAN2 1
#define HAVE_ACOS 1
#define HAVE_ASIN 1
/* Enable various audio drivers */
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_COREAUDIO 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DISK 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable various input drivers */
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_IOKIT 1
#define SDL_HAPTIC_IOKIT 1
/* Enable various shared object loading systems */
#define SDL_LOADSO_DLOPEN 1
/* Enable various threading systems */
#define SDL_THREAD_PTHREAD 1
#define SDL_THREAD_PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX 1
/* Enable various timer systems */
#define SDL_TIMER_UNIX 1
/* Enable various video drivers */
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
#undef SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC "/usr/X11R6/lib/libX11.6.dylib"
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC_XEXT "/usr/X11R6/lib/libXext.6.dylib"
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC_XINERAMA "/usr/X11R6/lib/libXinerama.1.dylib"
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC_XINPUT2 "/usr/X11R6/lib/libXi.6.dylib"
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC_XRANDR "/usr/X11R6/lib/libXrandr.2.dylib"
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC_XSS "/usr/X11R6/lib/libXss.1.dylib"
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC_XVIDMODE "/usr/X11R6/lib/libXxf86vm.1.dylib"
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_XDBE 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_XINERAMA 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_XRANDR 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_XSCRNSAVER 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_XSHAPE 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_XVIDMODE 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_HAS_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM 1
#ifdef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_8
/*
* No matter the versions targeted, this is the 10.8 or later SDK, so you have
* to use the external Xquartz, which is a more modern Xlib. Previous SDKs
* used an older Xlib.
*/
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_XINPUT2 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_SUPPORTS_GENERIC_EVENTS 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_CONST_PARAM_XEXTADDDISPLAY 1
#endif
#ifndef SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_OGL
#define SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_OGL 1
#endif
/* Enable OpenGL support */
#ifndef SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL
#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL 1
#endif
#ifndef SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL_CGL
#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL_CGL 1
#endif
#ifndef SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL_GLX
#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL_GLX 1
#endif
/* Enable system power support */
#define SDL_POWER_MACOSX 1
/* enable filesystem support */
#define SDL_FILESYSTEM_COCOA 1
/* Enable assembly routines */
#define SDL_ASSEMBLY_ROUTINES 1
#ifdef __ppc__
#define SDL_ALTIVEC_BLITTERS 1
#endif
#endif /* _SDL_config_macosx_h */

View File

@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/

View File

@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_cpuinfo.h
*
* CPU feature detection for SDL.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_cpuinfo_h
#define _SDL_cpuinfo_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
/* Need to do this here because intrin.h has C++ code in it */
/* Visual Studio 2005 has a bug where intrin.h conflicts with winnt.h */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1500) && (defined(_M_IX86) || defined(_M_X64))
#include <intrin.h>
#ifndef _WIN64
#define __MMX__
#define __3dNOW__
#endif
#define __SSE__
#define __SSE2__
#elif defined(__MINGW64_VERSION_MAJOR)
#include <intrin.h>
#else
#ifdef __ALTIVEC__
#if HAVE_ALTIVEC_H && !defined(__APPLE_ALTIVEC__)
#include <altivec.h>
#undef pixel
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __MMX__
#include <mmintrin.h>
#endif
#ifdef __3dNOW__
#include <mm3dnow.h>
#endif
#ifdef __SSE__
#include <xmmintrin.h>
#endif
#ifdef __SSE2__
#include <emmintrin.h>
#endif
#endif
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This is a guess for the cacheline size used for padding.
* Most x86 processors have a 64 byte cache line.
* The 64-bit PowerPC processors have a 128 byte cache line.
* We'll use the larger value to be generally safe.
*/
#define SDL_CACHELINE_SIZE 128
/**
* This function returns the number of CPU cores available.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCount(void);
/**
* This function returns the L1 cache line size of the CPU
*
* This is useful for determining multi-threaded structure padding
* or SIMD prefetch sizes.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCacheLineSize(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasRDTSC(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has AltiVec features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAltiVec(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasMMX(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow! features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Has3DNow(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE2 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE2(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE3 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE3(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE4.1 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE41(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE4.2 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE42(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has AVX features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAVX(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has AVX2 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAVX2(void);
/**
* This function returns the amount of RAM configured in the system, in MB.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSystemRAM(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_cpuinfo_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_endian.h
*
* Functions for reading and writing endian-specific values
*/
#ifndef _SDL_endian_h
#define _SDL_endian_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
/**
* \name The two types of endianness
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_LIL_ENDIAN 1234
#define SDL_BIG_ENDIAN 4321
/* @} */
#ifndef SDL_BYTEORDER /* Not defined in SDL_config.h? */
#ifdef __linux__
#include <endian.h>
#define SDL_BYTEORDER __BYTE_ORDER
#else /* __linux__ */
#if defined(__hppa__) || \
defined(__m68k__) || defined(mc68000) || defined(_M_M68K) || \
(defined(__MIPS__) && defined(__MISPEB__)) || \
defined(__ppc__) || defined(__POWERPC__) || defined(_M_PPC) || \
defined(__sparc__)
#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_BIG_ENDIAN
#else
#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif /* __linux__ */
#endif /* !SDL_BYTEORDER */
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_endian.h
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__) && \
!(__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 95 /* broken gcc version */)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
__asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0": "=q"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
__asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0": "=Q"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
int result;
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,8,16,23": "=&r"(result):"0"(x >> 8), "r"(x));
return (Uint16)result;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__M68000__) || defined(__M68020__)) && !defined(__mcoldfire__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
__asm__("rorw #8,%0": "=d"(x): "0"(x):"cc");
return x;
}
#else
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
return SDL_static_cast(Uint16, ((x << 8) | (x >> 8)));
}
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
__asm__("bswap %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
__asm__("bswapl %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
Uint32 result;
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,16,23": "=&r"(result):"0"(x >> 24), "r"(x));
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,8,8,15": "=&r"(result):"0"(result), "r"(x));
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,0,7": "=&r"(result):"0"(result), "r"(x));
return result;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__M68000__) || defined(__M68020__)) && !defined(__mcoldfire__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
__asm__("rorw #8,%0\n\tswap %0\n\trorw #8,%0": "=d"(x): "0"(x):"cc");
return x;
}
#else
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
return SDL_static_cast(Uint32, ((x << 24) | ((x << 8) & 0x00FF0000) |
((x >> 8) & 0x0000FF00) | (x >> 24)));
}
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
{
union
{
struct
{
Uint32 a, b;
} s;
Uint64 u;
} v;
v.u = x;
__asm__("bswapl %0 ; bswapl %1 ; xchgl %0,%1": "=r"(v.s.a), "=r"(v.s.b):"0"(v.s.a),
"1"(v.s.
b));
return v.u;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
{
__asm__("bswapq %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#else
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
{
Uint32 hi, lo;
/* Separate into high and low 32-bit values and swap them */
lo = SDL_static_cast(Uint32, x & 0xFFFFFFFF);
x >>= 32;
hi = SDL_static_cast(Uint32, x & 0xFFFFFFFF);
x = SDL_Swap32(lo);
x <<= 32;
x |= SDL_Swap32(hi);
return (x);
}
#endif
SDL_FORCE_INLINE float
SDL_SwapFloat(float x)
{
union
{
float f;
Uint32 ui32;
} swapper;
swapper.f = x;
swapper.ui32 = SDL_Swap32(swapper.ui32);
return swapper.f;
}
/**
* \name Swap to native
* Byteswap item from the specified endianness to the native endianness.
*/
/* @{ */
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapFloatLE(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
#define SDL_SwapFloatBE(X) SDL_SwapFloat(X)
#else
#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
#define SDL_SwapFloatLE(X) SDL_SwapFloat(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapFloatBE(X) (X)
#endif
/* @} *//* Swap to native */
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_endian_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_error.h
*
* Simple error message routines for SDL.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_error_h
#define _SDL_error_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public functions */
/* SDL_SetError() unconditionally returns -1. */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetError(SDL_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING const char *fmt, ...) SDL_PRINTF_VARARG_FUNC(1);
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetError(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearError(void);
/**
* \name Internal error functions
*
* \internal
* Private error reporting function - used internally.
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_OutOfMemory() SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM)
#define SDL_Unsupported() SDL_Error(SDL_UNSUPPORTED)
#define SDL_InvalidParamError(param) SDL_SetError("Parameter '%s' is invalid", (param))
typedef enum
{
SDL_ENOMEM,
SDL_EFREAD,
SDL_EFWRITE,
SDL_EFSEEK,
SDL_UNSUPPORTED,
SDL_LASTERROR
} SDL_errorcode;
/* SDL_Error() unconditionally returns -1. */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Error(SDL_errorcode code);
/* @} *//* Internal error functions */
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_error_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,754 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_events.h
*
* Include file for SDL event handling.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_events_h
#define _SDL_events_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "SDL_keyboard.h"
#include "SDL_mouse.h"
#include "SDL_joystick.h"
#include "SDL_gamecontroller.h"
#include "SDL_quit.h"
#include "SDL_gesture.h"
#include "SDL_touch.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* General keyboard/mouse state definitions */
#define SDL_RELEASED 0
#define SDL_PRESSED 1
/**
* \brief The types of events that can be delivered.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_FIRSTEVENT = 0, /**< Unused (do not remove) */
/* Application events */
SDL_QUIT = 0x100, /**< User-requested quit */
/* These application events have special meaning on iOS, see README-ios.md for details */
SDL_APP_TERMINATING, /**< The application is being terminated by the OS
Called on iOS in applicationWillTerminate()
Called on Android in onDestroy()
*/
SDL_APP_LOWMEMORY, /**< The application is low on memory, free memory if possible.
Called on iOS in applicationDidReceiveMemoryWarning()
Called on Android in onLowMemory()
*/
SDL_APP_WILLENTERBACKGROUND, /**< The application is about to enter the background
Called on iOS in applicationWillResignActive()
Called on Android in onPause()
*/
SDL_APP_DIDENTERBACKGROUND, /**< The application did enter the background and may not get CPU for some time
Called on iOS in applicationDidEnterBackground()
Called on Android in onPause()
*/
SDL_APP_WILLENTERFOREGROUND, /**< The application is about to enter the foreground
Called on iOS in applicationWillEnterForeground()
Called on Android in onResume()
*/
SDL_APP_DIDENTERFOREGROUND, /**< The application is now interactive
Called on iOS in applicationDidBecomeActive()
Called on Android in onResume()
*/
/* Window events */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT = 0x200, /**< Window state change */
SDL_SYSWMEVENT, /**< System specific event */
/* Keyboard events */
SDL_KEYDOWN = 0x300, /**< Key pressed */
SDL_KEYUP, /**< Key released */
SDL_TEXTEDITING, /**< Keyboard text editing (composition) */
SDL_TEXTINPUT, /**< Keyboard text input */
SDL_KEYMAPCHANGED, /**< Keymap changed due to a system event such as an
input language or keyboard layout change.
*/
/* Mouse events */
SDL_MOUSEMOTION = 0x400, /**< Mouse moved */
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, /**< Mouse button pressed */
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP, /**< Mouse button released */
SDL_MOUSEWHEEL, /**< Mouse wheel motion */
/* Joystick events */
SDL_JOYAXISMOTION = 0x600, /**< Joystick axis motion */
SDL_JOYBALLMOTION, /**< Joystick trackball motion */
SDL_JOYHATMOTION, /**< Joystick hat position change */
SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN, /**< Joystick button pressed */
SDL_JOYBUTTONUP, /**< Joystick button released */
SDL_JOYDEVICEADDED, /**< A new joystick has been inserted into the system */
SDL_JOYDEVICEREMOVED, /**< An opened joystick has been removed */
/* Game controller events */
SDL_CONTROLLERAXISMOTION = 0x650, /**< Game controller axis motion */
SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONDOWN, /**< Game controller button pressed */
SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONUP, /**< Game controller button released */
SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEADDED, /**< A new Game controller has been inserted into the system */
SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMOVED, /**< An opened Game controller has been removed */
SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMAPPED, /**< The controller mapping was updated */
/* Touch events */
SDL_FINGERDOWN = 0x700,
SDL_FINGERUP,
SDL_FINGERMOTION,
/* Gesture events */
SDL_DOLLARGESTURE = 0x800,
SDL_DOLLARRECORD,
SDL_MULTIGESTURE,
/* Clipboard events */
SDL_CLIPBOARDUPDATE = 0x900, /**< The clipboard changed */
/* Drag and drop events */
SDL_DROPFILE = 0x1000, /**< The system requests a file open */
SDL_DROPTEXT, /**< text/plain drag-and-drop event */
SDL_DROPBEGIN, /**< A new set of drops is beginning (NULL filename) */
SDL_DROPCOMPLETE, /**< Current set of drops is now complete (NULL filename) */
/* Audio hotplug events */
SDL_AUDIODEVICEADDED = 0x1100, /**< A new audio device is available */
SDL_AUDIODEVICEREMOVED, /**< An audio device has been removed. */
/* Render events */
SDL_RENDER_TARGETS_RESET = 0x2000, /**< The render targets have been reset and their contents need to be updated */
SDL_RENDER_DEVICE_RESET, /**< The device has been reset and all textures need to be recreated */
/** Events ::SDL_USEREVENT through ::SDL_LASTEVENT are for your use,
* and should be allocated with SDL_RegisterEvents()
*/
SDL_USEREVENT = 0x8000,
/**
* This last event is only for bounding internal arrays
*/
SDL_LASTEVENT = 0xFFFF
} SDL_EventType;
/**
* \brief Fields shared by every event
*/
typedef struct SDL_CommonEvent
{
Uint32 type;
Uint32 timestamp;
} SDL_CommonEvent;
/**
* \brief Window state change event data (event.window.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_WindowEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_WINDOWEVENT */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The associated window */
Uint8 event; /**< ::SDL_WindowEventID */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
Sint32 data1; /**< event dependent data */
Sint32 data2; /**< event dependent data */
} SDL_WindowEvent;
/**
* \brief Keyboard button event structure (event.key.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_KeyboardEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_KEYDOWN or ::SDL_KEYUP */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with keyboard focus, if any */
Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
Uint8 repeat; /**< Non-zero if this is a key repeat */
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
SDL_Keysym keysym; /**< The key that was pressed or released */
} SDL_KeyboardEvent;
#define SDL_TEXTEDITINGEVENT_TEXT_SIZE (32)
/**
* \brief Keyboard text editing event structure (event.edit.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_TextEditingEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_TEXTEDITING */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with keyboard focus, if any */
char text[SDL_TEXTEDITINGEVENT_TEXT_SIZE]; /**< The editing text */
Sint32 start; /**< The start cursor of selected editing text */
Sint32 length; /**< The length of selected editing text */
} SDL_TextEditingEvent;
#define SDL_TEXTINPUTEVENT_TEXT_SIZE (32)
/**
* \brief Keyboard text input event structure (event.text.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_TextInputEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_TEXTINPUT */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with keyboard focus, if any */
char text[SDL_TEXTINPUTEVENT_TEXT_SIZE]; /**< The input text */
} SDL_TextInputEvent;
/**
* \brief Mouse motion event structure (event.motion.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_MouseMotionEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MOUSEMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with mouse focus, if any */
Uint32 which; /**< The mouse instance id, or SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID */
Uint32 state; /**< The current button state */
Sint32 x; /**< X coordinate, relative to window */
Sint32 y; /**< Y coordinate, relative to window */
Sint32 xrel; /**< The relative motion in the X direction */
Sint32 yrel; /**< The relative motion in the Y direction */
} SDL_MouseMotionEvent;
/**
* \brief Mouse button event structure (event.button.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_MouseButtonEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or ::SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with mouse focus, if any */
Uint32 which; /**< The mouse instance id, or SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID */
Uint8 button; /**< The mouse button index */
Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
Uint8 clicks; /**< 1 for single-click, 2 for double-click, etc. */
Uint8 padding1;
Sint32 x; /**< X coordinate, relative to window */
Sint32 y; /**< Y coordinate, relative to window */
} SDL_MouseButtonEvent;
/**
* \brief Mouse wheel event structure (event.wheel.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_MouseWheelEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MOUSEWHEEL */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with mouse focus, if any */
Uint32 which; /**< The mouse instance id, or SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID */
Sint32 x; /**< The amount scrolled horizontally, positive to the right and negative to the left */
Sint32 y; /**< The amount scrolled vertically, positive away from the user and negative toward the user */
Uint32 direction; /**< Set to one of the SDL_MOUSEWHEEL_* defines. When FLIPPED the values in X and Y will be opposite. Multiply by -1 to change them back */
} SDL_MouseWheelEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick axis motion event structure (event.jaxis.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyAxisEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYAXISMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 axis; /**< The joystick axis index */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
Sint16 value; /**< The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767) */
Uint16 padding4;
} SDL_JoyAxisEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick trackball motion event structure (event.jball.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyBallEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYBALLMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 ball; /**< The joystick trackball index */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
Sint16 xrel; /**< The relative motion in the X direction */
Sint16 yrel; /**< The relative motion in the Y direction */
} SDL_JoyBallEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick hat position change event structure (event.jhat.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyHatEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYHATMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 hat; /**< The joystick hat index */
Uint8 value; /**< The hat position value.
* \sa ::SDL_HAT_LEFTUP ::SDL_HAT_UP ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP
* \sa ::SDL_HAT_LEFT ::SDL_HAT_CENTERED ::SDL_HAT_RIGHT
* \sa ::SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN ::SDL_HAT_DOWN ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN
*
* Note that zero means the POV is centered.
*/
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
} SDL_JoyHatEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick button event structure (event.jbutton.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyButtonEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or ::SDL_JOYBUTTONUP */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 button; /**< The joystick button index */
Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
} SDL_JoyButtonEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick device event structure (event.jdevice.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyDeviceEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYDEVICEADDED or ::SDL_JOYDEVICEREMOVED */
Uint32 timestamp;
Sint32 which; /**< The joystick device index for the ADDED event, instance id for the REMOVED event */
} SDL_JoyDeviceEvent;
/**
* \brief Game controller axis motion event structure (event.caxis.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_ControllerAxisEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERAXISMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 axis; /**< The controller axis (SDL_GameControllerAxis) */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
Sint16 value; /**< The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767) */
Uint16 padding4;
} SDL_ControllerAxisEvent;
/**
* \brief Game controller button event structure (event.cbutton.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_ControllerButtonEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONDOWN or ::SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONUP */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 button; /**< The controller button (SDL_GameControllerButton) */
Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
} SDL_ControllerButtonEvent;
/**
* \brief Controller device event structure (event.cdevice.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEADDED, ::SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMOVED, or ::SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMAPPED */
Uint32 timestamp;
Sint32 which; /**< The joystick device index for the ADDED event, instance id for the REMOVED or REMAPPED event */
} SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent;
/**
* \brief Audio device event structure (event.adevice.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_AudioDeviceEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_AUDIODEVICEADDED, or ::SDL_AUDIODEVICEREMOVED */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 which; /**< The audio device index for the ADDED event (valid until next SDL_GetNumAudioDevices() call), SDL_AudioDeviceID for the REMOVED event */
Uint8 iscapture; /**< zero if an output device, non-zero if a capture device. */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
} SDL_AudioDeviceEvent;
/**
* \brief Touch finger event structure (event.tfinger.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_TouchFingerEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_FINGERMOTION or ::SDL_FINGERDOWN or ::SDL_FINGERUP */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_TouchID touchId; /**< The touch device id */
SDL_FingerID fingerId;
float x; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
float y; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
float dx; /**< Normalized in the range -1...1 */
float dy; /**< Normalized in the range -1...1 */
float pressure; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
} SDL_TouchFingerEvent;
/**
* \brief Multiple Finger Gesture Event (event.mgesture.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_MultiGestureEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MULTIGESTURE */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_TouchID touchId; /**< The touch device index */
float dTheta;
float dDist;
float x;
float y;
Uint16 numFingers;
Uint16 padding;
} SDL_MultiGestureEvent;
/**
* \brief Dollar Gesture Event (event.dgesture.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_DollarGestureEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_DOLLARGESTURE or ::SDL_DOLLARRECORD */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_TouchID touchId; /**< The touch device id */
SDL_GestureID gestureId;
Uint32 numFingers;
float error;
float x; /**< Normalized center of gesture */
float y; /**< Normalized center of gesture */
} SDL_DollarGestureEvent;
/**
* \brief An event used to request a file open by the system (event.drop.*)
* This event is enabled by default, you can disable it with SDL_EventState().
* \note If this event is enabled, you must free the filename in the event.
*/
typedef struct SDL_DropEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_DROPBEGIN or ::SDL_DROPFILE or ::SDL_DROPTEXT or ::SDL_DROPCOMPLETE */
Uint32 timestamp;
char *file; /**< The file name, which should be freed with SDL_free(), is NULL on begin/complete */
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window that was dropped on, if any */
} SDL_DropEvent;
/**
* \brief The "quit requested" event
*/
typedef struct SDL_QuitEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_QUIT */
Uint32 timestamp;
} SDL_QuitEvent;
/**
* \brief OS Specific event
*/
typedef struct SDL_OSEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_QUIT */
Uint32 timestamp;
} SDL_OSEvent;
/**
* \brief A user-defined event type (event.user.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_UserEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_USEREVENT through ::SDL_LASTEVENT-1 */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The associated window if any */
Sint32 code; /**< User defined event code */
void *data1; /**< User defined data pointer */
void *data2; /**< User defined data pointer */
} SDL_UserEvent;
struct SDL_SysWMmsg;
typedef struct SDL_SysWMmsg SDL_SysWMmsg;
/**
* \brief A video driver dependent system event (event.syswm.*)
* This event is disabled by default, you can enable it with SDL_EventState()
*
* \note If you want to use this event, you should include SDL_syswm.h.
*/
typedef struct SDL_SysWMEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_SYSWMEVENT */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_SysWMmsg *msg; /**< driver dependent data, defined in SDL_syswm.h */
} SDL_SysWMEvent;
/**
* \brief General event structure
*/
typedef union SDL_Event
{
Uint32 type; /**< Event type, shared with all events */
SDL_CommonEvent common; /**< Common event data */
SDL_WindowEvent window; /**< Window event data */
SDL_KeyboardEvent key; /**< Keyboard event data */
SDL_TextEditingEvent edit; /**< Text editing event data */
SDL_TextInputEvent text; /**< Text input event data */
SDL_MouseMotionEvent motion; /**< Mouse motion event data */
SDL_MouseButtonEvent button; /**< Mouse button event data */
SDL_MouseWheelEvent wheel; /**< Mouse wheel event data */
SDL_JoyAxisEvent jaxis; /**< Joystick axis event data */
SDL_JoyBallEvent jball; /**< Joystick ball event data */
SDL_JoyHatEvent jhat; /**< Joystick hat event data */
SDL_JoyButtonEvent jbutton; /**< Joystick button event data */
SDL_JoyDeviceEvent jdevice; /**< Joystick device change event data */
SDL_ControllerAxisEvent caxis; /**< Game Controller axis event data */
SDL_ControllerButtonEvent cbutton; /**< Game Controller button event data */
SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent cdevice; /**< Game Controller device event data */
SDL_AudioDeviceEvent adevice; /**< Audio device event data */
SDL_QuitEvent quit; /**< Quit request event data */
SDL_UserEvent user; /**< Custom event data */
SDL_SysWMEvent syswm; /**< System dependent window event data */
SDL_TouchFingerEvent tfinger; /**< Touch finger event data */
SDL_MultiGestureEvent mgesture; /**< Gesture event data */
SDL_DollarGestureEvent dgesture; /**< Gesture event data */
SDL_DropEvent drop; /**< Drag and drop event data */
/* This is necessary for ABI compatibility between Visual C++ and GCC
Visual C++ will respect the push pack pragma and use 52 bytes for
this structure, and GCC will use the alignment of the largest datatype
within the union, which is 8 bytes.
So... we'll add padding to force the size to be 56 bytes for both.
*/
Uint8 padding[56];
} SDL_Event;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
*
* This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
*
* This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PumpEvents(void);
/* @{ */
typedef enum
{
SDL_ADDEVENT,
SDL_PEEKEVENT,
SDL_GETEVENT
} SDL_eventaction;
/**
* Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
*
* If \c action is ::SDL_ADDEVENT, up to \c numevents events will be added to
* the back of the event queue.
*
* If \c action is ::SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to \c numevents events at the front
* of the event queue, within the specified minimum and maximum type,
* will be returned and will not be removed from the queue.
*
* If \c action is ::SDL_GETEVENT, up to \c numevents events at the front
* of the event queue, within the specified minimum and maximum type,
* will be returned and will be removed from the queue.
*
* \return The number of events actually stored, or -1 if there was an error.
*
* This function is thread-safe.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PeepEvents(SDL_Event * events, int numevents,
SDL_eventaction action,
Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
/* @} */
/**
* Checks to see if certain event types are in the event queue.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasEvent(Uint32 type);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasEvents(Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
/**
* This function clears events from the event queue
* This function only affects currently queued events. If you want to make
* sure that all pending OS events are flushed, you can call SDL_PumpEvents()
* on the main thread immediately before the flush call.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FlushEvent(Uint32 type);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FlushEvents(Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
/**
* \brief Polls for currently pending events.
*
* \return 1 if there are any pending events, or 0 if there are none available.
*
* \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
* stored in that area.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PollEvent(SDL_Event * event);
/**
* \brief Waits indefinitely for the next available event.
*
* \return 1, or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events.
*
* \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
* stored in that area.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEvent(SDL_Event * event);
/**
* \brief Waits until the specified timeout (in milliseconds) for the next
* available event.
*
* \return 1, or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events.
*
* \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
* stored in that area.
* \param timeout The timeout (in milliseconds) to wait for next event.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEventTimeout(SDL_Event * event,
int timeout);
/**
* \brief Add an event to the event queue.
*
* \return 1 on success, 0 if the event was filtered, or -1 if the event queue
* was full or there was some other error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PushEvent(SDL_Event * event);
typedef int (SDLCALL * SDL_EventFilter) (void *userdata, SDL_Event * event);
/**
* Sets up a filter to process all events before they change internal state and
* are posted to the internal event queue.
*
* The filter is prototyped as:
* \code
* int SDL_EventFilter(void *userdata, SDL_Event * event);
* \endcode
*
* If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue.
* If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the
* internal state will still be updated. This allows selective filtering of
* dynamically arriving events.
*
* \warning Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as
* it may run in a different thread!
*
* There is one caveat when dealing with the ::SDL_QuitEvent event type. The
* event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
* application window. If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
* be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
*
* If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the
* internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter filter,
void *userdata);
/**
* Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters.
* If there is no event filter set, this function returns SDL_FALSE.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter * filter,
void **userdata);
/**
* Add a function which is called when an event is added to the queue.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AddEventWatch(SDL_EventFilter filter,
void *userdata);
/**
* Remove an event watch function added with SDL_AddEventWatch()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DelEventWatch(SDL_EventFilter filter,
void *userdata);
/**
* Run the filter function on the current event queue, removing any
* events for which the filter returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FilterEvents(SDL_EventFilter filter,
void *userdata);
/* @{ */
#define SDL_QUERY -1
#define SDL_IGNORE 0
#define SDL_DISABLE 0
#define SDL_ENABLE 1
/**
* This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
* - If \c state is set to ::SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically
* dropped from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
* - If \c state is set to ::SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed
* normally.
* - If \c state is set to ::SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
* current processing state of the specified event.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_EventState(Uint32 type, int state);
/* @} */
#define SDL_GetEventState(type) SDL_EventState(type, SDL_QUERY)
/**
* This function allocates a set of user-defined events, and returns
* the beginning event number for that set of events.
*
* If there aren't enough user-defined events left, this function
* returns (Uint32)-1
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_RegisterEvents(int numevents);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_events_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_filesystem.h
*
* \brief Include file for filesystem SDL API functions
*/
#ifndef _SDL_filesystem_h
#define _SDL_filesystem_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Get the path where the application resides.
*
* Get the "base path". This is the directory where the application was run
* from, which is probably the installation directory, and may or may not
* be the process's current working directory.
*
* This returns an absolute path in UTF-8 encoding, and is guaranteed to
* end with a path separator ('\\' on Windows, '/' most other places).
*
* The pointer returned by this function is owned by you. Please call
* SDL_free() on the pointer when you are done with it, or it will be a
* memory leak. This is not necessarily a fast call, though, so you should
* call this once near startup and save the string if you need it.
*
* Some platforms can't determine the application's path, and on other
* platforms, this might be meaningless. In such cases, this function will
* return NULL.
*
* \return String of base dir in UTF-8 encoding, or NULL on error.
*
* \sa SDL_GetPrefPath
*/
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_GetBasePath(void);
/**
* \brief Get the user-and-app-specific path where files can be written.
*
* Get the "pref dir". This is meant to be where users can write personal
* files (preferences and save games, etc) that are specific to your
* application. This directory is unique per user, per application.
*
* This function will decide the appropriate location in the native filesystem,
* create the directory if necessary, and return a string of the absolute
* path to the directory in UTF-8 encoding.
*
* On Windows, the string might look like:
* "C:\\Users\\bob\\AppData\\Roaming\\My Company\\My Program Name\\"
*
* On Linux, the string might look like:
* "/home/bob/.local/share/My Program Name/"
*
* On Mac OS X, the string might look like:
* "/Users/bob/Library/Application Support/My Program Name/"
*
* (etc.)
*
* You specify the name of your organization (if it's not a real organization,
* your name or an Internet domain you own might do) and the name of your
* application. These should be untranslated proper names.
*
* Both the org and app strings may become part of a directory name, so
* please follow these rules:
*
* - Try to use the same org string (including case-sensitivity) for
* all your applications that use this function.
* - Always use a unique app string for each one, and make sure it never
* changes for an app once you've decided on it.
* - Unicode characters are legal, as long as it's UTF-8 encoded, but...
* - ...only use letters, numbers, and spaces. Avoid punctuation like
* "Game Name 2: Bad Guy's Revenge!" ... "Game Name 2" is sufficient.
*
* This returns an absolute path in UTF-8 encoding, and is guaranteed to
* end with a path separator ('\\' on Windows, '/' most other places).
*
* The pointer returned by this function is owned by you. Please call
* SDL_free() on the pointer when you are done with it, or it will be a
* memory leak. This is not necessarily a fast call, though, so you should
* call this once near startup and save the string if you need it.
*
* You should assume the path returned by this function is the only safe
* place to write files (and that SDL_GetBasePath(), while it might be
* writable, or even the parent of the returned path, aren't where you
* should be writing things).
*
* Some platforms can't determine the pref path, and on other
* platforms, this might be meaningless. In such cases, this function will
* return NULL.
*
* \param org The name of your organization.
* \param app The name of your application.
* \return UTF-8 string of user dir in platform-dependent notation. NULL
* if there's a problem (creating directory failed, etc).
*
* \sa SDL_GetBasePath
*/
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_GetPrefPath(const char *org, const char *app);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_filesystem_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,323 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_gamecontroller.h
*
* Include file for SDL game controller event handling
*/
#ifndef _SDL_gamecontroller_h
#define _SDL_gamecontroller_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "SDL_joystick.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_gamecontroller.h
*
* In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
* with the ::SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER flag. This causes SDL to scan the system
* for game controllers, and load appropriate drivers.
*
* If you would like to receive controller updates while the application
* is in the background, you should set the following hint before calling
* SDL_Init(): SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS
*/
/* The gamecontroller structure used to identify an SDL game controller */
struct _SDL_GameController;
typedef struct _SDL_GameController SDL_GameController;
typedef enum
{
SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_NONE = 0,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_BUTTON,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_AXIS,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_HAT
} SDL_GameControllerBindType;
/**
* Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button/axis mapping
*/
typedef struct SDL_GameControllerButtonBind
{
SDL_GameControllerBindType bindType;
union
{
int button;
int axis;
struct {
int hat;
int hat_mask;
} hat;
} value;
} SDL_GameControllerButtonBind;
/**
* To count the number of game controllers in the system for the following:
* int nJoysticks = SDL_NumJoysticks();
* int nGameControllers = 0;
* for ( int i = 0; i < nJoysticks; i++ ) {
* if ( SDL_IsGameController(i) ) {
* nGameControllers++;
* }
* }
*
* Using the SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG hint or the SDL_GameControllerAddMapping you can add support for controllers SDL is unaware of or cause an existing controller to have a different binding. The format is:
* guid,name,mappings
*
* Where GUID is the string value from SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(), name is the human readable string for the device and mappings are controller mappings to joystick ones.
* Under Windows there is a reserved GUID of "xinput" that covers any XInput devices.
* The mapping format for joystick is:
* bX - a joystick button, index X
* hX.Y - hat X with value Y
* aX - axis X of the joystick
* Buttons can be used as a controller axis and vice versa.
*
* This string shows an example of a valid mapping for a controller
* "341a3608000000000000504944564944,Afterglow PS3 Controller,a:b1,b:b2,y:b3,x:b0,start:b9,guide:b12,back:b8,dpup:h0.1,dpleft:h0.8,dpdown:h0.4,dpright:h0.2,leftshoulder:b4,rightshoulder:b5,leftstick:b10,rightstick:b11,leftx:a0,lefty:a1,rightx:a2,righty:a3,lefttrigger:b6,righttrigger:b7",
*
*/
/**
* Load a set of mappings from a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file), filtered by the current SDL_GetPlatform()
* A community sourced database of controllers is available at https://raw.github.com/gabomdq/SDL_GameControllerDB/master/gamecontrollerdb.txt
*
* If \c freerw is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
*
* \return number of mappings added, -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromRW( SDL_RWops * rw, int freerw );
/**
* Load a set of mappings from a file, filtered by the current SDL_GetPlatform()
*
* Convenience macro.
*/
#define SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromFile(file) SDL_GameControllerAddMappingsFromRW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
/**
* Add or update an existing mapping configuration
*
* \return 1 if mapping is added, 0 if updated, -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerAddMapping( const char* mappingString );
/**
* Get a mapping string for a GUID
*
* \return the mapping string. Must be freed with SDL_free. Returns NULL if no mapping is available
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID( SDL_JoystickGUID guid );
/**
* Get a mapping string for an open GameController
*
* \return the mapping string. Must be freed with SDL_free. Returns NULL if no mapping is available
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMapping( SDL_GameController * gamecontroller );
/**
* Is the joystick on this index supported by the game controller interface?
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsGameController(int joystick_index);
/**
* Get the implementation dependent name of a game controller.
* This can be called before any controllers are opened.
* If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex(int joystick_index);
/**
* Open a game controller for use.
* The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th game controller on the system.
* This index is not the value which will identify this controller in future
* controller events. The joystick's instance id (::SDL_JoystickID) will be
* used there instead.
*
* \return A controller identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerOpen(int joystick_index);
/**
* Return the SDL_GameController associated with an instance id.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerFromInstanceID(SDL_JoystickID joyid);
/**
* Return the name for this currently opened controller
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerName(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
/**
* Returns SDL_TRUE if the controller has been opened and currently connected,
* or SDL_FALSE if it has not.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAttached(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
/**
* Get the underlying joystick object used by a controller
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetJoystick(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
/**
* Enable/disable controller event polling.
*
* If controller events are disabled, you must call SDL_GameControllerUpdate()
* yourself and check the state of the controller when you want controller
* information.
*
* The state can be one of ::SDL_QUERY, ::SDL_ENABLE or ::SDL_IGNORE.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerEventState(int state);
/**
* Update the current state of the open game controllers.
*
* This is called automatically by the event loop if any game controller
* events are enabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerUpdate(void);
/**
* The list of axes available from a controller
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_INVALID = -1,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_MAX
} SDL_GameControllerAxis;
/**
* turn this string into a axis mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerAxis SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAxisFromString(const char *pchString);
/**
* turn this axis enum into a string mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis(SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
/**
* Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
SDL_GameControllerGetBindForAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
/**
* Get the current state of an axis control on a game controller.
*
* The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767 (except for the triggers,
* which range from 0 to 32767).
*
* The axis indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL
SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
/**
* The list of buttons available from a controller
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_INVALID = -1,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_GUIDE,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX
} SDL_GameControllerButton;
/**
* turn this string into a button mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButton SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButtonFromString(const char *pchString);
/**
* turn this button enum into a string mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForButton(SDL_GameControllerButton button);
/**
* Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
SDL_GameControllerGetBindForButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
SDL_GameControllerButton button);
/**
* Get the current state of a button on a game controller.
*
* The button indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
SDL_GameControllerButton button);
/**
* Close a controller previously opened with SDL_GameControllerOpen().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerClose(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_gamecontroller_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_gesture.h
*
* Include file for SDL gesture event handling.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_gesture_h
#define _SDL_gesture_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "SDL_touch.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef Sint64 SDL_GestureID;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Begin Recording a gesture on the specified touch, or all touches (-1)
*
*
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RecordGesture(SDL_TouchID touchId);
/**
* \brief Save all currently loaded Dollar Gesture templates
*
*
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveAllDollarTemplates(SDL_RWops *dst);
/**
* \brief Save a currently loaded Dollar Gesture template
*
*
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveDollarTemplate(SDL_GestureID gestureId,SDL_RWops *dst);
/**
* \brief Load Dollar Gesture templates from a file
*
*
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LoadDollarTemplates(SDL_TouchID touchId, SDL_RWops *src);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_gesture_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,711 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_hints.h
*
* Official documentation for SDL configuration variables
*
* This file contains functions to set and get configuration hints,
* as well as listing each of them alphabetically.
*
* The convention for naming hints is SDL_HINT_X, where "SDL_X" is
* the environment variable that can be used to override the default.
*
* In general these hints are just that - they may or may not be
* supported or applicable on any given platform, but they provide
* a way for an application or user to give the library a hint as
* to how they would like the library to work.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_hints_h
#define _SDL_hints_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief A variable controlling how 3D acceleration is used to accelerate the SDL screen surface.
*
* SDL can try to accelerate the SDL screen surface by using streaming
* textures with a 3D rendering engine. This variable controls whether and
* how this is done.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable 3D acceleration
* "1" - Enable 3D acceleration, using the default renderer.
* "X" - Enable 3D acceleration, using X where X is one of the valid rendering drivers. (e.g. "direct3d", "opengl", etc.)
*
* By default SDL tries to make a best guess for each platform whether
* to use acceleration or not.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_FRAMEBUFFER_ACCELERATION "SDL_FRAMEBUFFER_ACCELERATION"
/**
* \brief A variable specifying which render driver to use.
*
* If the application doesn't pick a specific renderer to use, this variable
* specifies the name of the preferred renderer. If the preferred renderer
* can't be initialized, the normal default renderer is used.
*
* This variable is case insensitive and can be set to the following values:
* "direct3d"
* "opengl"
* "opengles2"
* "opengles"
* "software"
*
* The default varies by platform, but it's the first one in the list that
* is available on the current platform.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_DRIVER "SDL_RENDER_DRIVER"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the OpenGL render driver uses shaders if they are available.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable shaders
* "1" - Enable shaders
*
* By default shaders are used if OpenGL supports them.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_OPENGL_SHADERS "SDL_RENDER_OPENGL_SHADERS"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the Direct3D device is initialized for thread-safe operations.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Thread-safety is not enabled (faster)
* "1" - Thread-safety is enabled
*
* By default the Direct3D device is created with thread-safety disabled.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_DIRECT3D_THREADSAFE "SDL_RENDER_DIRECT3D_THREADSAFE"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether to enable Direct3D 11+'s Debug Layer.
*
* This variable does not have any effect on the Direct3D 9 based renderer.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable Debug Layer use
* "1" - Enable Debug Layer use
*
* By default, SDL does not use Direct3D Debug Layer.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_DIRECT3D11_DEBUG "SDL_RENDER_DIRECT3D11_DEBUG"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling the scaling quality
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" or "nearest" - Nearest pixel sampling
* "1" or "linear" - Linear filtering (supported by OpenGL and Direct3D)
* "2" or "best" - Currently this is the same as "linear"
*
* By default nearest pixel sampling is used
*/
#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_SCALE_QUALITY "SDL_RENDER_SCALE_QUALITY"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether updates to the SDL screen surface should be synchronized with the vertical refresh, to avoid tearing.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable vsync
* "1" - Enable vsync
*
* By default SDL does not sync screen surface updates with vertical refresh.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_VSYNC "SDL_RENDER_VSYNC"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the screensaver is enabled.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable screensaver
* "1" - Enable screensaver
*
* By default SDL will disable the screensaver.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_ALLOW_SCREENSAVER "SDL_VIDEO_ALLOW_SCREENSAVER"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the X11 VidMode extension should be used.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable XVidMode
* "1" - Enable XVidMode
*
* By default SDL will use XVidMode if it is available.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XVIDMODE "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XVIDMODE"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the X11 Xinerama extension should be used.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable Xinerama
* "1" - Enable Xinerama
*
* By default SDL will use Xinerama if it is available.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XINERAMA "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XINERAMA"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the X11 XRandR extension should be used.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable XRandR
* "1" - Enable XRandR
*
* By default SDL will not use XRandR because of window manager issues.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XRANDR "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XRANDR"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the X11 _NET_WM_PING protocol should be supported.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable _NET_WM_PING
* "1" - Enable _NET_WM_PING
*
* By default SDL will use _NET_WM_PING, but for applications that know they
* will not always be able to respond to ping requests in a timely manner they can
* turn it off to avoid the window manager thinking the app is hung.
* The hint is checked in CreateWindow.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_NET_WM_PING "SDL_VIDEO_X11_NET_WM_PING"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the window frame and title bar are interactive when the cursor is hidden
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - The window frame is not interactive when the cursor is hidden (no move, resize, etc)
* "1" - The window frame is interactive when the cursor is hidden
*
* By default SDL will allow interaction with the window frame when the cursor is hidden
*/
#define SDL_HINT_WINDOW_FRAME_USABLE_WHILE_CURSOR_HIDDEN "SDL_WINDOW_FRAME_USABLE_WHILE_CURSOR_HIDDEN"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the windows message loop is processed by SDL
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - The window message loop is not run
* "1" - The window message loop is processed in SDL_PumpEvents()
*
* By default SDL will process the windows message loop
*/
#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_ENABLE_MESSAGELOOP "SDL_WINDOWS_ENABLE_MESSAGELOOP"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether grabbing input grabs the keyboard
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Grab will affect only the mouse
* "1" - Grab will affect mouse and keyboard
*
* By default SDL will not grab the keyboard so system shortcuts still work.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_GRAB_KEYBOARD "SDL_GRAB_KEYBOARD"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether relative mouse mode is implemented using mouse warping
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Relative mouse mode uses raw input
* "1" - Relative mouse mode uses mouse warping
*
* By default SDL will use raw input for relative mouse mode
*/
#define SDL_HINT_MOUSE_RELATIVE_MODE_WARP "SDL_MOUSE_RELATIVE_MODE_WARP"
/**
* \brief Minimize your SDL_Window if it loses key focus when in fullscreen mode. Defaults to true.
*
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_MINIMIZE_ON_FOCUS_LOSS "SDL_VIDEO_MINIMIZE_ON_FOCUS_LOSS"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the idle timer is disabled on iOS.
*
* When an iOS app does not receive touches for some time, the screen is
* dimmed automatically. For games where the accelerometer is the only input
* this is problematic. This functionality can be disabled by setting this
* hint.
*
* As of SDL 2.0.4, SDL_EnableScreenSaver and SDL_DisableScreenSaver accomplish
* the same thing on iOS. They should be preferred over this hint.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Enable idle timer
* "1" - Disable idle timer
*/
#define SDL_HINT_IDLE_TIMER_DISABLED "SDL_IOS_IDLE_TIMER_DISABLED"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling which orientations are allowed on iOS.
*
* In some circumstances it is necessary to be able to explicitly control
* which UI orientations are allowed.
*
* This variable is a space delimited list of the following values:
* "LandscapeLeft", "LandscapeRight", "Portrait" "PortraitUpsideDown"
*/
#define SDL_HINT_ORIENTATIONS "SDL_IOS_ORIENTATIONS"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the Android / iOS built-in
* accelerometer should be listed as a joystick device, rather than listing
* actual joysticks only.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - List only real joysticks and accept input from them
* "1" - List real joysticks along with the accelerometer as if it were a 3 axis joystick (the default).
*/
#define SDL_HINT_ACCELEROMETER_AS_JOYSTICK "SDL_ACCELEROMETER_AS_JOYSTICK"
/**
* \brief A variable that lets you disable the detection and use of Xinput gamepad devices
*
* The variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable XInput detection (only uses direct input)
* "1" - Enable XInput detection (the default)
*/
#define SDL_HINT_XINPUT_ENABLED "SDL_XINPUT_ENABLED"
/**
* \brief A variable that causes SDL to use the old axis and button mapping for XInput devices.
*
* This hint is for backwards compatibility only and will be removed in SDL 2.1
*
* The default value is "0". This hint must be set before SDL_Init()
*/
#define SDL_HINT_XINPUT_USE_OLD_JOYSTICK_MAPPING "SDL_XINPUT_USE_OLD_JOYSTICK_MAPPING"
/**
* \brief A variable that lets you manually hint extra gamecontroller db entries
*
* The variable should be newline delimited rows of gamecontroller config data, see SDL_gamecontroller.h
*
* This hint must be set before calling SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER)
* You can update mappings after the system is initialized with SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID() and SDL_GameControllerAddMapping()
*/
#define SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG "SDL_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG"
/**
* \brief A variable that lets you enable joystick (and gamecontroller) events even when your app is in the background.
*
* The variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable joystick & gamecontroller input events when the
* application is in the background.
* "1" - Enable joystick & gamecontroller input events when the
* application is in the background.
*
* The default value is "0". This hint may be set at any time.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS "SDL_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS"
/**
* \brief If set to "0" then never set the top most bit on a SDL Window, even if the video mode expects it.
* This is a debugging aid for developers and not expected to be used by end users. The default is "1"
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - don't allow topmost
* "1" - allow topmost
*/
#define SDL_HINT_ALLOW_TOPMOST "SDL_ALLOW_TOPMOST"
/**
* \brief A variable that controls the timer resolution, in milliseconds.
*
* The higher resolution the timer, the more frequently the CPU services
* timer interrupts, and the more precise delays are, but this takes up
* power and CPU time. This hint is only used on Windows 7 and earlier.
*
* See this blog post for more information:
* http://randomascii.wordpress.com/2013/07/08/windows-timer-resolution-megawatts-wasted/
*
* If this variable is set to "0", the system timer resolution is not set.
*
* The default value is "1". This hint may be set at any time.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_TIMER_RESOLUTION "SDL_TIMER_RESOLUTION"
/**
* \brief A string specifying SDL's threads stack size in bytes or "0" for the backend's default size
*
* Use this hint in case you need to set SDL's threads stack size to other than the default.
* This is specially useful if you build SDL against a non glibc libc library (such as musl) which
* provides a relatively small default thread stack size (a few kilobytes versus the default 8MB glibc uses).
* Support for this hint is currently available only in the pthread backend.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_THREAD_STACK_SIZE "SDL_THREAD_STACK_SIZE"
/**
* \brief If set to 1, then do not allow high-DPI windows. ("Retina" on Mac and iOS)
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_HIGHDPI_DISABLED "SDL_VIDEO_HIGHDPI_DISABLED"
/**
* \brief A variable that determines whether ctrl+click should generate a right-click event on Mac
*
* If present, holding ctrl while left clicking will generate a right click
* event when on Mac.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_MAC_CTRL_CLICK_EMULATE_RIGHT_CLICK "SDL_MAC_CTRL_CLICK_EMULATE_RIGHT_CLICK"
/**
* \brief A variable specifying which shader compiler to preload when using the Chrome ANGLE binaries
*
* SDL has EGL and OpenGL ES2 support on Windows via the ANGLE project. It
* can use two different sets of binaries, those compiled by the user from source
* or those provided by the Chrome browser. In the later case, these binaries require
* that SDL loads a DLL providing the shader compiler.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "d3dcompiler_46.dll" - default, best for Vista or later.
* "d3dcompiler_43.dll" - for XP support.
* "none" - do not load any library, useful if you compiled ANGLE from source and included the compiler in your binaries.
*
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_WIN_D3DCOMPILER "SDL_VIDEO_WIN_D3DCOMPILER"
/**
* \brief A variable that is the address of another SDL_Window* (as a hex string formatted with "%p").
*
* If this hint is set before SDL_CreateWindowFrom() and the SDL_Window* it is set to has
* SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL set (and running on WGL only, currently), then two things will occur on the newly
* created SDL_Window:
*
* 1. Its pixel format will be set to the same pixel format as this SDL_Window. This is
* needed for example when sharing an OpenGL context across multiple windows.
*
* 2. The flag SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL will be set on the new window so it can be used for
* OpenGL rendering.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* The address (as a string "%p") of the SDL_Window* that new windows created with SDL_CreateWindowFrom() should
* share a pixel format with.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_WINDOW_SHARE_PIXEL_FORMAT "SDL_VIDEO_WINDOW_SHARE_PIXEL_FORMAT"
/**
* \brief A URL to a WinRT app's privacy policy
*
* All network-enabled WinRT apps must make a privacy policy available to its
* users. On Windows 8, 8.1, and RT, Microsoft mandates that this policy be
* be available in the Windows Settings charm, as accessed from within the app.
* SDL provides code to add a URL-based link there, which can point to the app's
* privacy policy.
*
* To setup a URL to an app's privacy policy, set SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL
* before calling any SDL_Init functions. The contents of the hint should
* be a valid URL. For example, "http://www.example.com".
*
* The default value is "", which will prevent SDL from adding a privacy policy
* link to the Settings charm. This hint should only be set during app init.
*
* The label text of an app's "Privacy Policy" link may be customized via another
* hint, SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_LABEL.
*
* Please note that on Windows Phone, Microsoft does not provide standard UI
* for displaying a privacy policy link, and as such, SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL
* will not get used on that platform. Network-enabled phone apps should display
* their privacy policy through some other, in-app means.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL "SDL_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL"
/** \brief Label text for a WinRT app's privacy policy link
*
* Network-enabled WinRT apps must include a privacy policy. On Windows 8, 8.1, and RT,
* Microsoft mandates that this policy be available via the Windows Settings charm.
* SDL provides code to add a link there, with its label text being set via the
* optional hint, SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_LABEL.
*
* Please note that a privacy policy's contents are not set via this hint. A separate
* hint, SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL, is used to link to the actual text of the
* policy.
*
* The contents of this hint should be encoded as a UTF8 string.
*
* The default value is "Privacy Policy". This hint should only be set during app
* initialization, preferably before any calls to SDL_Init.
*
* For additional information on linking to a privacy policy, see the documentation for
* SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_URL.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_LABEL "SDL_WINRT_PRIVACY_POLICY_LABEL"
/** \brief Allows back-button-press events on Windows Phone to be marked as handled
*
* Windows Phone devices typically feature a Back button. When pressed,
* the OS will emit back-button-press events, which apps are expected to
* handle in an appropriate manner. If apps do not explicitly mark these
* events as 'Handled', then the OS will invoke its default behavior for
* unhandled back-button-press events, which on Windows Phone 8 and 8.1 is to
* terminate the app (and attempt to switch to the previous app, or to the
* device's home screen).
*
* Setting the SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON hint to "1" will cause SDL
* to mark back-button-press events as Handled, if and when one is sent to
* the app.
*
* Internally, Windows Phone sends back button events as parameters to
* special back-button-press callback functions. Apps that need to respond
* to back-button-press events are expected to register one or more
* callback functions for such, shortly after being launched (during the
* app's initialization phase). After the back button is pressed, the OS
* will invoke these callbacks. If the app's callback(s) do not explicitly
* mark the event as handled by the time they return, or if the app never
* registers one of these callback, the OS will consider the event
* un-handled, and it will apply its default back button behavior (terminate
* the app).
*
* SDL registers its own back-button-press callback with the Windows Phone
* OS. This callback will emit a pair of SDL key-press events (SDL_KEYDOWN
* and SDL_KEYUP), each with a scancode of SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BACK, after which
* it will check the contents of the hint, SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON.
* If the hint's value is set to "1", the back button event's Handled
* property will get set to 'true'. If the hint's value is set to something
* else, or if it is unset, SDL will leave the event's Handled property
* alone. (By default, the OS sets this property to 'false', to note.)
*
* SDL apps can either set SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON well before a
* back button is pressed, or can set it in direct-response to a back button
* being pressed.
*
* In order to get notified when a back button is pressed, SDL apps should
* register a callback function with SDL_AddEventWatch(), and have it listen
* for SDL_KEYDOWN events that have a scancode of SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BACK.
* (Alternatively, SDL_KEYUP events can be listened-for. Listening for
* either event type is suitable.) Any value of SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON
* set by such a callback, will be applied to the OS' current
* back-button-press event.
*
* More details on back button behavior in Windows Phone apps can be found
* at the following page, on Microsoft's developer site:
* http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windowsphone/develop/jj247550(v=vs.105).aspx
*/
#define SDL_HINT_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON "SDL_WINRT_HANDLE_BACK_BUTTON"
/**
* \brief A variable that dictates policy for fullscreen Spaces on Mac OS X.
*
* This hint only applies to Mac OS X.
*
* The variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable Spaces support (FULLSCREEN_DESKTOP won't use them and
* SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE windows won't offer the "fullscreen"
* button on their titlebars).
* "1" - Enable Spaces support (FULLSCREEN_DESKTOP will use them and
* SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE windows will offer the "fullscreen"
* button on their titlebars).
*
* The default value is "1". Spaces are disabled regardless of this hint if
* the OS isn't at least Mac OS X Lion (10.7). This hint must be set before
* any windows are created.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_MAC_FULLSCREEN_SPACES "SDL_VIDEO_MAC_FULLSCREEN_SPACES"
/**
* \brief When set don't force the SDL app to become a foreground process
*
* This hint only applies to Mac OS X.
*
*/
#define SDL_HINT_MAC_BACKGROUND_APP "SDL_MAC_BACKGROUND_APP"
/**
* \brief Android APK expansion main file version. Should be a string number like "1", "2" etc.
*
* Must be set together with SDL_HINT_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_PATCH_FILE_VERSION.
*
* If both hints were set then SDL_RWFromFile() will look into expansion files
* after a given relative path was not found in the internal storage and assets.
*
* By default this hint is not set and the APK expansion files are not searched.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_MAIN_FILE_VERSION "SDL_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_MAIN_FILE_VERSION"
/**
* \brief Android APK expansion patch file version. Should be a string number like "1", "2" etc.
*
* Must be set together with SDL_HINT_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_MAIN_FILE_VERSION.
*
* If both hints were set then SDL_RWFromFile() will look into expansion files
* after a given relative path was not found in the internal storage and assets.
*
* By default this hint is not set and the APK expansion files are not searched.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_PATCH_FILE_VERSION "SDL_ANDROID_APK_EXPANSION_PATCH_FILE_VERSION"
/**
* \brief A variable to control whether certain IMEs should handle text editing internally instead of sending SDL_TEXTEDITING events.
*
* The variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - SDL_TEXTEDITING events are sent, and it is the application's
* responsibility to render the text from these events and
* differentiate it somehow from committed text. (default)
* "1" - If supported by the IME then SDL_TEXTEDITING events are not sent,
* and text that is being composed will be rendered in its own UI.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_IME_INTERNAL_EDITING "SDL_IME_INTERNAL_EDITING"
/**
* \brief A variable to control whether mouse and touch events are to be treated together or separately
*
* The variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Mouse events will be handled as touch events, and touch will raise fake mouse
* events. This is the behaviour of SDL <= 2.0.3. (default)
* "1" - Mouse events will be handled separately from pure touch events.
*
* The value of this hint is used at runtime, so it can be changed at any time.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_ANDROID_SEPARATE_MOUSE_AND_TOUCH "SDL_ANDROID_SEPARATE_MOUSE_AND_TOUCH"
/**
* \brief override the binding element for keyboard inputs for Emscripten builds
*
* This hint only applies to the emscripten platform
*
* The variable can be one of
* "#window" - The javascript window object (this is the default)
* "#document" - The javascript document object
* "#screen" - the javascript window.screen object
* "#canvas" - the WebGL canvas element
* any other string without a leading # sign applies to the element on the page with that ID.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_EMSCRIPTEN_KEYBOARD_ELEMENT "SDL_EMSCRIPTEN_KEYBOARD_ELEMENT"
/**
* \brief Tell SDL not to catch the SIGINT or SIGTERM signals.
*
* This hint only applies to Unix-like platforms.
*
* The variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - SDL will install a SIGINT and SIGTERM handler, and when it
* catches a signal, convert it into an SDL_QUIT event.
* "1" - SDL will not install a signal handler at all.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_NO_SIGNAL_HANDLERS "SDL_NO_SIGNAL_HANDLERS"
/**
* \brief Tell SDL not to generate window-close events for Alt+F4 on Windows.
*
* The variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - SDL will generate a window-close event when it sees Alt+F4.
* "1" - SDL will only do normal key handling for Alt+F4.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_WINDOWS_NO_CLOSE_ON_ALT_F4 "SDL_WINDOWS_NO_CLOSE_ON_ALT_F4"
/**
* \brief An enumeration of hint priorities
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_HINT_DEFAULT,
SDL_HINT_NORMAL,
SDL_HINT_OVERRIDE
} SDL_HintPriority;
/**
* \brief Set a hint with a specific priority
*
* The priority controls the behavior when setting a hint that already
* has a value. Hints will replace existing hints of their priority and
* lower. Environment variables are considered to have override priority.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetHintWithPriority(const char *name,
const char *value,
SDL_HintPriority priority);
/**
* \brief Set a hint with normal priority
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetHint(const char *name,
const char *value);
/**
* \brief Get a hint
*
* \return The string value of a hint variable.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetHint(const char *name);
/**
* \brief Add a function to watch a particular hint
*
* \param name The hint to watch
* \param callback The function to call when the hint value changes
* \param userdata A pointer to pass to the callback function
*/
typedef void (*SDL_HintCallback)(void *userdata, const char *name, const char *oldValue, const char *newValue);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AddHintCallback(const char *name,
SDL_HintCallback callback,
void *userdata);
/**
* \brief Remove a function watching a particular hint
*
* \param name The hint being watched
* \param callback The function being called when the hint value changes
* \param userdata A pointer being passed to the callback function
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DelHintCallback(const char *name,
SDL_HintCallback callback,
void *userdata);
/**
* \brief Clear all hints
*
* This function is called during SDL_Quit() to free stored hints.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearHints(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_hints_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View File

@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2016 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_joystick.h
*
* Include file for SDL joystick event handling
*
* The term "device_index" identifies currently plugged in joystick devices between 0 and SDL_NumJoysticks, with the exact joystick
* behind a device_index changing as joysticks are plugged and unplugged.
*
* The term "instance_id" is the current instantiation of a joystick device in the system, if the joystick is removed and then re-inserted
* then it will get a new instance_id, instance_id's are monotonically increasing identifiers of a joystick plugged in.
*
* The term JoystickGUID is a stable 128-bit identifier for a joystick device that does not change over time, it identifies class of
* the device (a X360 wired controller for example). This identifier is platform dependent.
*
*
*/
#ifndef _SDL_joystick_h
#define _SDL_joystick_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_joystick.h
*
* In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
* with the ::SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK flag. This causes SDL to scan the system
* for joysticks, and load appropriate drivers.
*
* If you would like to receive joystick updates while the application
* is in the background, you should set the following hint before calling
* SDL_Init(): SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS
*/
/* The joystick structure used to identify an SDL joystick */
struct _SDL_Joystick;
typedef struct _SDL_Joystick SDL_Joystick;
/* A structure that encodes the stable unique id for a joystick device */
typedef struct {
Uint8 data[16];
} SDL_JoystickGUID;
typedef Sint32 SDL_JoystickID;
typedef enum
{
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_UNKNOWN = -1,
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_EMPTY,
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_LOW,
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_MEDIUM,
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_FULL,
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_WIRED,
SDL_JOYSTICK_POWER_MAX
} SDL_JoystickPowerLevel;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* Count the number of joysticks attached to the system right now
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumJoysticks(void);
/**
* Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
* This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
* If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNameForIndex(int device_index);
/**
* Open a joystick for use.
* The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th joystick on the system.
* This index is not the value which will identify this joystick in future
* joystick events. The joystick's instance id (::SDL_JoystickID) will be used
* there instead.
*
* \return A joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickOpen(int device_index);
/**
* Return the SDL_Joystick associated with an instance id.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickFromInstanceID(SDL_JoystickID joyid);
/**
* Return the name for this currently opened joystick.
* If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickName(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Return the GUID for the joystick at this index
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceGUID(int device_index);
/**
* Return the GUID for this opened joystick
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUID(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Return a string representation for this guid. pszGUID must point to at least 33 bytes
* (32 for the string plus a NULL terminator).
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(SDL_JoystickGUID guid, char *pszGUID, int cbGUID);
/**
* convert a string into a joystick formatted guid
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUIDFromString(const char *pchGUID);
/**
* Returns SDL_TRUE if the joystick has been opened and currently connected, or SDL_FALSE if it has not.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAttached(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the instance ID of an opened joystick or -1 if the joystick is invalid.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickInstanceID(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the number of trackballs on a joystick.
*
* Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated
* with them and their state cannot be polled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumBalls(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the number of POV hats on a joystick.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the number of buttons on a joystick.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Update the current state of the open joysticks.
*
* This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick
* events are enabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickUpdate(void);
/**
* Enable/disable joystick event polling.
*
* If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
* yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick
* information.
*
* The state can be one of ::SDL_QUERY, ::SDL_ENABLE or ::SDL_IGNORE.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickEventState(int state);
/**
* Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick.
*
* The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
*
* The axis indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
int axis);
/**
* \name Hat positions
*/
/* @{ */
#define SDL_HAT_CENTERED 0x00
#define SDL_HAT_UP 0x01
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHT 0x02
#define SDL_HAT_DOWN 0x04
#define SDL_HAT_LEFT 0x08
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_UP)
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
#define SDL_HAT_LEFTUP (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_UP)
#define SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
/* @} */
/**
* Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick.
*
* The hat indices start at index 0.
*
* \return The return value is one of the following positions:
* - ::SDL_HAT_CENTERED
* - ::SDL_HAT_UP
* - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHT
* - ::SDL_HAT_DOWN
* - ::SDL_HAT_LEFT
* - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP
* - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN
* - ::SDL_HAT_LEFTUP
* - ::SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetHat(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
int hat);
/**
* Get the ball axis change since the last poll.
*
* \return 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters.
*
* The ball indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetBall(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
int ball, int *dx, int *dy);
/**
* Get the current state of a button on a joystick.
*
* The button indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
int button);
/**
* Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickClose(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Return the battery level of this joystick
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickPowerLevel SDLCALL SDL_JoystickCurrentPowerLevel(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_joystick_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More